WO2016106905A1 - 一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法 - Google Patents

一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016106905A1
WO2016106905A1 PCT/CN2015/071342 CN2015071342W WO2016106905A1 WO 2016106905 A1 WO2016106905 A1 WO 2016106905A1 CN 2015071342 W CN2015071342 W CN 2015071342W WO 2016106905 A1 WO2016106905 A1 WO 2016106905A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
resource
channel resource
uplink channel
subset
uplink
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/071342
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
官磊
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to EP15874598.4A priority Critical patent/EP3226633B1/en
Priority to EP22183181.1A priority patent/EP4132175A1/en
Priority to JP2017534996A priority patent/JP6629863B2/ja
Priority to CN202010107905.4A priority patent/CN111447687B/zh
Priority to KR1020177020319A priority patent/KR102070958B1/ko
Priority to CN201580001341.3A priority patent/CN106416402B/zh
Publication of WO2016106905A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016106905A1/zh
Priority to US15/637,663 priority patent/US10523380B2/en
Priority to US16/698,614 priority patent/US10951367B2/en
Priority to US17/190,162 priority patent/US11863471B2/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0003—Two-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0005—Time-frequency
    • H04L5/0007—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT
    • H04L5/001—Time-frequency the frequencies being orthogonal, e.g. OFDM(A), DMT the frequencies being arranged in component carriers
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/20—Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/1607—Details of the supervisory signal
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1812—Hybrid protocols; Hybrid automatic repeat request [HARQ]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1854—Scheduling and prioritising arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1829—Arrangements specially adapted for the receiver end
    • H04L1/1861—Physical mapping arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18—Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • H04L1/1867—Arrangements specially adapted for the transmitter end
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0001—Arrangements for dividing the transmission path
    • H04L5/0014—Three-dimensional division
    • H04L5/0016—Time-frequency-code
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003—Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053—Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • H04L5/0055—Physical resource allocation for ACK/NACK
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00—Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091—Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/12—Wireless traffic scheduling
    • H04W72/1263—Mapping of traffic onto schedule, e.g. scheduled allocation or multiplexing of flows
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00—Local resource management
    • H04W72/50—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources
    • H04W72/54—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria
    • H04W72/542—Allocation or scheduling criteria for wireless resources based on quality criteria using measured or perceived quality

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communication systems, and in particular, to a user equipment, an access network device, and a method for transmitting and receiving feedback information.
  • time-frequency resources are divided into orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) or single-carrier frequency division multiplexing multiple access (single) in the time domain dimension.
  • Carrier-frequency division multiplexing access (SC-FDMA) symbols (hereinafter referred to as time-domain symbols) and sub-carriers in the frequency domain dimension, and the smallest resource granularity is called a resource element (RE), which means that it is in the time domain.
  • a time-frequency symbol consisting of a time-domain symbol and a subcarrier on the frequency domain.
  • the basic time unit for base station scheduling is one subframe.
  • One subframe includes a plurality of time domain symbols.
  • the specific scheduling process is that the base station sends a control channel, such as a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced PDCCH (EPDCCH), and the control channel can carry a data channel, such as a physical downlink shared channel (physical downlink shared channel).
  • PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
  • PUSCH physical uplink shared channel
  • a user equipment (UE) detects a control channel in a subframe, and receives a downlink data channel or an uplink data channel according to the detected scheduling information carried in the control channel.
  • LTE supports frequency division duplex (FDD) and time division duplex (TDD).
  • FDD frequency division duplex
  • TDD time division duplex
  • the downlink and uplink are transmitted on different carriers.
  • the uplink and downlink are transmitted at different times on the same carrier.
  • LTE currently supports seven different TDD uplink and downlink subframe configurations, as shown in Table 1, where D represents a downlink subframe, S represents a special subframe, and U represents an uplink subframe.
  • LTE adopts a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism.
  • HARQ hybrid automatic repeat request
  • the UE after the UE receives the PDSCH, if the PDSCH is correctly received, the UE feeds back an acknowledgement (ACK) on the PUCCH, and if the PDSCH is not correctly received, the non acknowledgement (NACK) is sent back on the PUCCH.
  • ACK acknowledgement
  • NACK non acknowledgement
  • the UE will feed back ACK/NACK in subframe n; for TDD, the timing relationship of PDSCH reception with its corresponding ACK/NACK feedback is as shown in Table 2.
  • Table 2 the first row of numbers 0-9 indicates the uplink subframe n, and the first column number indicates the uplink and downlink subframe configuration.
  • the number k in the column corresponding to the first row number constitutes the set K, and the number k indicates the uplink subframe.
  • the frame ACK needs to feed back the ACK/NACK corresponding to the PDSCH in the downlink subframe nk.
  • K ⁇ 7, 6 ⁇ , indicating that the uplink subframe 2 is used to feed back the ACK corresponding to the PDSCH on the two downlink subframes n-7 and n-6.
  • /NACK where n-7 is the downlink subframe 5 and n-6 is the downlink subframe 6.
  • LTE also supports carrier aggregation (CA) technology, that is, the base station puts multiple carriers. Configure to a UE to increase the data rate of the UE.
  • the multiple carriers are synchronously transmitted in the time domain, and the UE may separately detect the PDCCH and the PDCCH corresponding to the PDCCH for each carrier, where the specific detection process of each carrier is similar to the single carrier case described above.
  • CA carrier aggregation
  • the LTE system supports FDD CA, TDD CA, and FDD+TDD CA.
  • TDD CA For the TDD CA, it is further divided into a TDD CA configured in the same uplink and downlink subframe and a TDD CA configured in different uplink and downlink subframes.
  • the UE In the CA mode, the UE is configured with one primary carrier and at least one secondary carrier, and the PUCCH carrying the ACK/NACK is only transmitted on the primary carrier of the UE.
  • the PUCCH transmission mode in the CA mode includes two modes: a channel selection mode and a PUCCH format 3.
  • PUCCH format 3 mode uses Discrete Fourier Transform-spread-OFDM (DFT-S-OFDM) transmission mode, which can transmit up to 20 ACK/NACK bits and can support up to 5 modes.
  • TDD CA of carriers For example, the TDD uplink and downlink configuration 2 of the mainstream deployment in the current network is taken as an example.
  • the uplink subframe 2 of one carrier can support the feedback of ACK/NACK bits of four downlink subframes, and the CA of the TDD uplink and downlink configuration of five carriers is configured. It is 20 ACK/NACK bits.
  • a CA with more carriers is introduced, such as a CA of 10 carriers.
  • a CA with more carriers is introduced, such as a CA of 10 carriers.
  • the primary carrier is the uplink and downlink configuration 2
  • the current PUCCH format 3 is used to feed back ACK/NACK, how to reduce the overhead while feeding back more ACK/NACK bits is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • the embodiments of the present invention provide a user equipment, an access network device, and a feedback information sending and receiving method, to solve the problem of how to reduce the overhead while feeding back more feedback information bits.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive downlink control information sent by the access network device, and receive a data channel scheduled by the downlink control information
  • a processing module configured to determine an uplink subframe for sending feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the data channel is a data channel received by the receiving module, and the uplink subframe is associated with
  • a downlink subframe set includes a first subset and a second subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the processing module is further configured to determine a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, where the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, where Said second uplink channel resource corresponding to said second subset;
  • a sending module configured to send, by using a channel format, the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel resource is a channel determined by the processing module, under the control of the processing module a resource, the channel format is a p-code size channel format, and the UE sends the feedback information on a first uplink channel resource by using a p-code size channel format, or the channel format is a q-codebook size channel format. And transmitting, by the UE, the feedback information on the second uplink channel resource by using a q-code size channel format, where p and q are natural numbers, and q>p.
  • the p or q codebook size channel format may refer to feedback that the channel format can support feedback information (eg, ACK/NACK) of a maximum of p or q codebook sizes.
  • the codebook size refers to the number of original bits before ACK/NACK coding.
  • the p codebook size corresponds to the first subset
  • the q codebook size corresponds to the second subset, that is, the p codebook size is determined by the number of downlink subframes in the first subset, and the q codebook size is determined by the second subset. The number of downlink subframes is determined.
  • the channel resource occupied by the p-code size channel format includes n resource units
  • the channel resources occupied by the q-code size channel format include m resource units, where m and n are natural numbers, and m is greater than or Equal to n.
  • the p-code size channel format can also be regarded as the n resource unit channel format
  • the q codebook size channel format can also be regarded as the m resource unit channel format.
  • the following embodiments based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format are completely applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size, which will not be described later, and only need to be implemented later.
  • the m resource unit channel format is replaced by the q codebook size channel format
  • the n resource units correspond to the p codebook size channel format, that is, the n resource unit channel format is replaced with the p codebook size channel format.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format may also occupy an equal number of resource units, that is, m may also be equal to n.
  • the time-frequency resources in which the equal number of resource units are located may overlap or not overlap.
  • the overlap can be partially overlapping or completely overlapping. Therefore, in the following embodiments, although all are described in the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format and m is greater than n, it is not limited thereto, and m may be equal to n.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format occupy the same number a quantity of resource units, and the length of the orthogonal code used by the p-code size channel format is greater than the length of the orthogonal code used by the q-code size channel format
  • the user equipment provided by the embodiment of the first aspect includes:
  • a receiving module configured to receive downlink control information sent by the access network device, and receive a data channel scheduled by the downlink control information
  • a processing module configured to determine an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel received by the receiving module, and determine a channel resource, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and the channel resource is a first uplink channel a resource or a second uplink channel resource, the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the first subset, and the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the second subset;
  • a sending module configured to send the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, under the control of the processing module, where The feedback information of the channel format of the n resource unit is carried on the first uplink channel resource, or the channel format is a m resource unit channel format, and the feedback of the m resource unit channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource.
  • Information, m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive, according to the following manner, a data channel scheduled by the downlink control information: receiving, in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set Decoding the data channel of the downlink control information scheduling;
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource
  • channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink, where the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the first subset and does not belong to the first subset.
  • Channel resource or,
  • the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of downlink subframes and the second subset but does not belong to the first subset of downlink subframes, but does not include the first subset and the In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the receiving module is configured to be as follows Receiving the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information: receiving, in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set, the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information;
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the foregoing first possible implementation manner and the second possible implementation manner may be used as a separate solution, and are not dependent on the foregoing first embodiment, the second aspect and the third aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive downlink control information sent by the access network device, and receive the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set;
  • a processing module configured to determine an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel received by the receiving module, and determine a channel resource, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and the second downlink subframe set In the case of the subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource; or the second downlink subframe set includes only the second In a case where the subset is not in the downlink subframe of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource; or the second downlink subframe set includes the a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but not including downlink subframes other than the first subset and the second subset
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module For said second
  • a sending module configured to send the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, under the control of the processing module, where The feedback information of the channel format of the n resource unit is carried on the first uplink channel resource, or the channel format is a m resource unit channel format, and the feedback of the m resource unit channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource.
  • Information, m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides a user equipment, including:
  • a receiving module configured to receive downlink control information sent by the access network device, and receive the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set;
  • a processing module configured to determine an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel received by the receiving module, and determine a channel resource, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and the second downlink subframe set
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource; or the first downlink subframe set includes the first sub- And concentrating the downlink subframe and the second subset but not the downlink subframe of the first subset, but not including the downlink subframe except the first subset and the second subset
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource;
  • a sending module configured to send the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, under the control of the processing module, where The feedback information of the channel format of the n resource unit is carried on the first uplink channel resource, or the channel format is a m resource unit channel format, and the feedback of the m resource unit channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource.
  • Information, m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • the processing module determines The channel resource is the third uplink channel resource, and the sending module is configured to send, according to the processing module, feedback information of a k resource unit channel format on the third uplink channel resource, where For natural numbers, m>k.
  • the second aspect and the third aspect may also be the same as the first aspect.
  • the m resource unit channel format may be replaced by the q codebook size channel format, and the n resource unit channel format is replaced with the p codebook size channel format to become a new one. Example.
  • the downlink control information includes a resource reference
  • the processing module is configured to determine a channel resource by determining the channel resource for carrying the feedback information according to the resource indication information.
  • the processing module is further configured to: before determining the channel resource, acquire a second uplink channel resource set configured by the access network device
  • the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, and a part of resource components of each uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set a first uplink channel resource set, where the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource that is determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource
  • the processing module is configured to determine channel resources as follows:
  • the first uplink channel resource Determining, according to the resource indication information, the first uplink channel resource, where the first uplink channel resource is a part of resources of an uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the processing module is configured to determine channel resources as follows:
  • the first uplink channel resource in the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information is the second uplink Upstream channel resources in a set of channel resources.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource
  • the processing module is configured to determine a channel resource by determining, according to the resource indication information, the second uplink channel resource from the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the processing module is further configured to acquire, before determining the channel resource, the first configured by the access network device And a second uplink channel resource set, where the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, and the second uplink channel resource is the second uplink channel Upstream channel resources in the resource set.
  • the first state set of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where the resource The second set of states of the indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the second set of uplink channel resources, the first set of states and the second set of states not intersecting.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource, and the processing module is configured to determine a channel resource according to a state in a first state set of the resource indication information, Determining the first uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel set; or
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource, and the processing module is configured to determine a channel resource according to a state in a second state set of the resource indication information, Determining, in the second uplink channel set, a second uplink channel resource for the feedback information.
  • the status of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set and/or the second Upstream channel resources in the set of uplink channel resources.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource, and the processing module is configured to determine a channel resource as follows:
  • the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset; and determining, according to the resource indication information, the first indicated by the resource indication information from the first uplink channel resource set Uplink channel resources;
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource, and the processing module is configured to determine channel resources as follows:
  • the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset; and according to the state of the resource indication information, from the second uplink channel resource set Determining, in the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information; or
  • the resource indication information Determining, according to the resource indication information, a fifth uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information from the first uplink channel resource set, and determining, by using the second uplink channel resource set, the resource indication information indication And determining that the second downlink subframe set includes the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the a first subset and a downlink subframe other than the second subset; and determining that the sixth uplink channel resource is the second uplink channel resource; or
  • the second downlink subframe set includes the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and a downlink subframe other than the second subset; and determining, according to the resource indication information, the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information from the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the processing module is further configured to: before the determining the channel resource, acquire the first uplink channel resource set and the second uplink channel set that are pre-configured by the access network device
  • the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set
  • the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information, where the state of the resource indication information includes a first state set and a second state set, where the first state set indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where The second state set indicates the upper of the second uplink channel resource set a channel resource, the first state set and the second state set not intersecting;
  • the processing module is configured to determine channel resources in a manner that, when the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, according to the resource indication information, from the second uplink Determining, in the channel resource set, the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information.
  • the partial time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format overlaps with the partial time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format;
  • the time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format is a part of the time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format;
  • the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format in which time-frequency resources overlap are orthogonal codes.
  • the processing module is further configured to: before determining the channel resource, according to the foregoing The configuration determines the first subset and the second subset.
  • the pre-configuration is independently configured for different uplink subframes.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an access network device, including:
  • a sending module configured to send downlink control information to the user equipment UE under the control of the processing module, and send the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information to the UE under the control of the processing module;
  • the processing module is configured to control the sending module to send downlink control information to the UE, and control the sending module to send the downlink control information scheduled data channel to the UE, and determine to receive the data channel corresponding to An uplink subframe of the feedback information, and determining a channel resource, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, and the first subset includes at least two a downlink subframe, the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, and the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first a subset, the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the second subset;
  • a receiving module configured to receive, by using the channel format, the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format, where the channel resource is determined by the processing module, the channel grid
  • the P codebook size channel format the UE sends the feedback information on the first uplink channel resource by using a p codebook size channel format, or the channel format is a q codebook size channel format, and the UE uses
  • the q-codebook size channel format transmits the feedback information on the second uplink channel resource, p and q are natural numbers, and q>p.
  • the meanings of the p-code size channel format, the q-code size channel format, and the codebook size can be referred to the description in the above embodiments.
  • the following is based on the embodiment of the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, and is completely applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size, which will not be described later, and only the m resource unit in the subsequent embodiment is needed.
  • the channel format is replaced by the q codebook size channel format, and the n resource unit channel format is replaced with the p codebook size channel format.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format may also occupy an equal number of resource units, that is, m may also be equal to n.
  • the time-frequency resources in which the equal number of resource units are located may overlap or not overlap.
  • the overlap can be partially overlapping or completely overlapping. Therefore, in the following embodiments, although all are described in the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format and m is greater than n, it is not limited thereto, and m may be equal to n.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format occupy the same number of resource units, and the length of the orthogonal code used by the p-code size channel format is greater than the q-codebook. Length of orthogonal code used by the size channel format
  • the access network device provided by the embodiment of the fourth aspect includes:
  • a sending module configured to send downlink control information to the user equipment UE under the control of the processing module, and send the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information to the UE under the control of the processing module;
  • the processing module is configured to control the sending module to send downlink control information to the UE, and control the sending module to send the downlink control information scheduled data channel to the UE, and determine to receive the data channel corresponding to An uplink subframe of the feedback information, and determining a channel resource, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, and the first subset includes at least two a downlink subframe, the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, and the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first a subset, the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the second subset;
  • a receiving module configured to receive, by using the channel format, the feedback information sent by the channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe determined by the processing module, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, Carrying feedback information of the n resource unit channel format on the first uplink channel resource,
  • the channel format is an m resource unit channel format
  • the second uplink channel resource carries feedback information of the m resource unit channel format, where m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • the sending module is configured to send the data channel of the downlink control information scheduling to the UE in the following manner: a downlink sub-segment included in the second downlink subframe set Transmitting, in the frame, the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information;
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource
  • channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink, where the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the first subset and does not belong to the first subset.
  • Channel resource or,
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the sending module is configured to send the data channel of the downlink control information scheduling to the UE in the following manner: a downlink sub-list included in the second downlink subframe set Transmitting, in the frame, the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information;
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the foregoing first possible implementation manner and the second possible implementation manner may be used as a separate solution, and are not attached to the foregoing fourth embodiment, and the fifth aspect and the sixth aspect are as follows.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an access network device, including:
  • a sending module configured to send downlink control information to the user equipment UE under the control of the processing module, and Transmitting, by the processing module, the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set;
  • the processing module is configured to control the sending module to send downlink control information to the UE, and control the sending module to send the downlink control information scheduled data channel to the UE, and determine to receive the data channel corresponding to An uplink subframe of the feedback information, and determining a channel resource, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, and the first subset includes at least two a downlink subframe, the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, where the second downlink subframe set is the In the case of the subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource; or, in the second downlink subframe set, only the second subset is included In the case of a downlink subframe that does not belong to the first subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource; or the second downlink subframe set includes the first
  • a receiving module configured to receive, by using the channel format, the feedback information sent by the channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe determined by the processing module, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format,
  • the first uplink channel resource carries the feedback information of the n resource unit channel format, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the second uplink channel resource carries the feedback information of the m resource unit channel format.
  • m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an access network device, including:
  • a sending module configured to send downlink control information to the user equipment UE under the control of the processing module, and send the downlink control information scheduling in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set under the control of the processing module
  • the data channel
  • the processing module is configured to control the sending module to send downlink control information to the UE, and control the sending module to send the downlink control information scheduled data channel to the UE, and determine to receive the data channel corresponding to An uplink subframe of the feedback information, and determining a channel resource, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, and the first subset includes at least two a downlink subframe, the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, where the second downlink subframe set is the First child
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource; or the second downlink subframe set includes the downlink subframe and the first subset
  • the processing module determines
  • a receiving module configured to receive, by using the channel format, the feedback information sent by the channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe determined by the processing module, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format,
  • the first uplink channel resource carries the feedback information of the n resource unit channel format, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the second uplink channel resource carries the feedback information of the m resource unit channel format.
  • m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • the processing module determines The channel resource is the third uplink channel resource, and the sending module is configured to send, according to the processing module, feedback information of a k resource unit channel format on the third uplink channel resource, where For natural numbers, m>k.
  • the fifth aspect and the sixth aspect may also be the same as the fourth aspect.
  • the m resource unit channel format may be replaced by the q codebook size channel format, and the n resource unit channel format is replaced by the p codebook size channel format to become a new one. Example.
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information, where the resource indication information is used to indicate that The first uplink channel resource or the second uplink channel resource that carries the feedback information.
  • the processing module is further configured to: before the determining the channel resource, send, by using the sending module, the second uplink channel resource to the UE The aggregated information, wherein the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, and the plurality of uplink channel resources in the second uplink channel resource set A part of resources of each uplink channel resource constitutes a first uplink channel resource set, and the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource
  • the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource that includes the first uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, or The resource indication information indicates the first uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set;
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource, and the resource indication information indicates the second uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource that includes the first uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set ;
  • the processing module is configured to determine channel resources as follows:
  • the processing module is further configured to: before the determining the channel resource, control the sending module to send the first uplink channel resource to the UE The aggregated information and the information of the second uplink channel set, where the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, and the second uplink channel resource is the second uplink channel Upstream channel resources in the resource set.
  • the first state set of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where the resource The second set of states of the indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the second set of uplink channel resources, the first set of states and the second set of states not intersecting.
  • the status of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set and/or the second Upstream channel resources in the set of uplink channel resources.
  • the receiving module is configured to receive the feedback information according to the following manner: on the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information in the uplink subframe, the receiving is sent by using the m resource unit channel format.
  • the feedback information is configured to be received according to the following manner: on the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information in the uplink subframe, the receiving is sent by using the m resource unit channel format. The feedback information.
  • the processing module is further configured to: determine, according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the UE, the first uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource, and control the receiving module in the first uplink channel resource Receiving, by the feedback information sent by the n resource unit channel format; or
  • the processing module is further configured to: determine, according to the resource indication information, a first uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource, and control the receiving module to receive, on the first uplink channel resource, a receiving device The feedback information sent by the n resource unit channel format.
  • the partial time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format overlaps with the partial time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format;
  • the time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format is a part of the time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format;
  • the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format in which time-frequency resources overlap are orthogonal codes.
  • the processing module determines the channel resource, determining, according to the preset configuration, the first subset and The second subset.
  • the pre-configuration is independently configured for different uplink subframes.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending feedback information, including:
  • the user equipment UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the a subset Include at least two downlink subframes, the first subset being a true subset of the second subset;
  • the UE determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, where the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink channel Resources correspond to the second subset;
  • the meanings of the p-code size channel format, the q-code size channel format, and the codebook size can be referred to the description in the above embodiments.
  • the following is based on the embodiment of the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, and is completely applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size, which will not be described later, and only the m resource unit in the subsequent embodiment is needed.
  • the channel format is replaced by the q codebook size channel format, and the n resource unit channel format is replaced with the p codebook size channel format.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format may also occupy an equal number of resource units, that is, m may also be equal to n.
  • the time-frequency resources in which the equal number of resource units are located may overlap or not overlap.
  • the overlap can be partially overlapping or completely overlapping. Therefore, in the following embodiments, although all are described in the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format and m is greater than n, it is not limited thereto, and m may be equal to n.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format occupy the same number of resource units, and the length of the orthogonal code used by the p-code size channel format is greater than the q-codebook. Length of orthogonal code used by the size channel format
  • the method for sending feedback information provided by the embodiment of the seventh aspect includes:
  • the user equipment UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the A subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • a channel resource Determining, by the UE, a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink a channel resource, where the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink channel resource corresponds to the second subset;
  • the UE Transmitting, by the UE, the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the UE uses an n resource unit channel format at the first Sending the feedback information on the uplink channel resource, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the UE sends the feedback information on the second uplink channel resource by using the m resource unit channel format, where m and n are natural numbers. And m>n.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel, where the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the first subset and does not belong to the first subset. Resources; or,
  • the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of downlink subframes and the second subset but does not belong to the first subset of downlink subframes, but does not include the first subset and the In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the receiving, by the UE, the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information includes: receiving, by the UE, the downlink in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set Controlling the data channel of the information schedule;
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the eighth aspect of the present invention provides a method for sending feedback information, including:
  • the user equipment UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the A subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource, where the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset; Or, in a case that the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second Upstream channel resource; or, in the second downlink subframe set, the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but not including the first In the case of a subset and a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource;
  • the UE Transmitting, by the UE, the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the UE uses an n resource unit channel format at the first Sending the feedback information on the uplink channel resource, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the UE sends the feedback information on the second uplink channel resource by using the m resource unit channel format, where m and n are natural numbers. And m>n.
  • a ninth aspect, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method for sending feedback information, including:
  • the user equipment UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the A subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource;
  • the UE Transmitting, by the UE, the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the UE uses an n resource unit channel format at the first Sending the feedback information on the uplink channel resource, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the UE sends the feedback information on the second uplink channel resource by using the m resource unit channel format, where m and n are natural numbers. And m>n.
  • the processing module determines The channel resource is the third uplink channel resource, and the sending module is configured to send, according to the processing module, feedback information of a k resource unit channel format on the third uplink channel resource, where For natural numbers, m>k.
  • the following possible implementation manners of the seventh aspect may be used as the possible implementation manners of the eighth aspect and the ninth aspect, and are not repeatedly described herein for the sake of space saving.
  • the eighth aspect and the ninth aspect may also be the same as the seventh aspect, in which the m resource unit channel format can be replaced with the q codebook size channel format, and the n resource unit channel format is replaced with the p codebook size channel format to become a new one. Example.
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information
  • the determining the channel resource by the UE includes: determining, by the UE, a channel resource for carrying the feedback information according to the resource indication information.
  • the method before the determining, by the UE, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • Upstream channel resources in.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource
  • the UE determines channel resources, including:
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information from the second uplink channel resource set according to the resource indication information; and the UE is configured from the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information Determining the first uplink channel resource; or
  • the UE determines the first uplink channel resource according to the resource indication information, where the first uplink channel resource is a part of resources of an uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the determining, by the UE, a channel resource includes:
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, the first uplink channel resource in the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the UE, where the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information is the The uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource
  • Determining the channel resource by the UE includes: determining, according to the resource indication information, the second uplink channel resource from the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the method before the determining, by the UE, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the first state set of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where the resource The second state set of the indication information indicates the upper of the second uplink channel resource set The channel resource, the first state set and the second state set do not intersect.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource, and the determining the channel resource by the UE includes: the first state in the first state set of the resource indication information, the first Determining the first uplink channel resource in an uplink channel set; or
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource
  • the determining the channel resource by the UE includes: the status of the UE according to the second state set of the resource indication information, from the second A second uplink channel resource is determined for the feedback information in the uplink channel set.
  • the status of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource and/or a second uplink channel in the first uplink channel resource set Upstream channel resources in the resource set.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource, where The UE determines channel resources, including:
  • the UE determines that the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset; and the UE determines that the third uplink channel resource is the first uplink channel resource; or
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, the second downlink subframe set as a subset of the first subset; and determining, by the UE, the resource indication information from the first uplink channel resource set according to the resource indication information Indicating the first uplink channel resource;
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource, and the determining the channel resource by the UE includes:
  • the UE determines that the second downlink subframe set only includes the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset; And the UE determines that the sixth uplink channel resource is the second uplink channel resource; or
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, that the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset; and the UE is configured according to the state of the resource indication information from the Determining, in the second uplink channel resource set, the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information; or
  • the UE determines that the second downlink subframe set includes the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset But not including the downlink subframes other than the first subset and the second subset; and the UE determining that the sixth uplink channel resource is the second uplink channel resource; or
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first a downlink subframe other than the subset and the second subset; and the UE determining, according to the resource indication information, the second uplink indicated by the resource indication information from the second uplink channel resource set Channel resources.
  • the method before the determining, by the UE, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set
  • second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information, where the state of the resource indication information includes a first state set and a second state set, where the first state set indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where The second state set indicates an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, where the first state set and the second state set do not intersect;
  • the UE determines channel resources, including:
  • the UE determines, according to the resource indication information, the resource indication information indication from the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the second uplink channel resource is the resource indication information indication from the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the partial time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format overlaps with the partial time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format;
  • the time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format is a part of the time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format;
  • the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format in which time-frequency resources overlap are orthogonal codes.
  • the method before the UE determines the channel resource, the method further includes: the UE according to the UE The pre-configuration determines the first subset and the second subset.
  • the pre-configuration is independently configured for different uplink subframes.
  • the tenth aspect of the present invention provides a feedback information receiving method, including:
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the user equipment UE;
  • the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, The first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the access network device determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, and the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink Channel resources corresponding to the second subset;
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is a p-codebook size channel format, and the UE uses a p-codebook.
  • the size channel format sends the feedback information on the first uplink channel resource, or the channel format is a q codebook size channel format, and the UE uses the q codebook size channel format on the second uplink channel.
  • the feedback information is sent on the resource, p and q are natural numbers, and q>p.
  • the meanings of the p-code size channel format, the q-code size channel format, and the codebook size can be referred to the description in the above embodiments.
  • the following is based on the embodiment of the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, and is completely applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size, which will not be described later, and only the m resource unit in the subsequent embodiment is needed.
  • the channel format is replaced by the q codebook size channel format, and the n resource unit channel format is replaced with the p codebook size channel format.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format may also occupy an equal number of resource units, that is, m may also be equal to n.
  • the time-frequency resources in which the equal number of resource units are located may overlap or not overlap.
  • the overlap can be partially overlapping or completely overlapping. Therefore, in the following embodiments, although all are described in the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format and m is greater than n, it is not limited thereto, and m may be equal to n.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format occupy the same number of resource units, and the length of the orthogonal code used by the p-code size channel format is greater than the q-codebook. Length of orthogonal code used by the size channel format
  • the feedback information receiving method provided by the embodiment of the tenth aspect includes:
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the user equipment UE;
  • the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, The first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the access network device determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, and the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink Channel resources corresponding to the second subset;
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, where the first uplink channel resource is used.
  • Carrying feedback information of the n resource unit channel format, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the second uplink channel resource carries feedback information of the m resource unit channel format, where m and n are natural numbers And m>n.
  • the access network device sends the The data channel of the downlink control information scheduling includes: the access network device transmitting the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set;
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the first uplink channel resource
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the foregoing Two uplink channel resources;
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the access network device sends the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information to the UE, where: the access network device is in a second downlink subframe set. Transmitting, by the downlink subframe, the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information;
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the first uplink channel resource
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the foregoing first possible implementation manner and the second possible implementation manner may be used as a separate solution, and are not dependent on the foregoing tenth embodiment, as in the eleventh and twelfth aspects.
  • an access network device including:
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the user equipment UE;
  • the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where
  • the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is the The true subset of the second subset;
  • the access network device determines a channel resource, where, in a case where the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the The first uplink channel resource; or, if the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe of the second subset and does not belong to the first subset, the access network device determines The channel resource is the second uplink channel resource; or the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of the downlink subframe and the second subset but does not belong to the first subset In the case of a downlink subframe, but not including the first subset and the downlink subframe except the second subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel Resource
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, where the first uplink channel resource is used.
  • Carrying feedback information of the n resource unit channel format, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the second uplink channel resource carries feedback information of the m resource unit channel format, where m and n are natural numbers And m>n.
  • an embodiment of the present invention provides an access network device, including:
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the user equipment UE;
  • the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, The first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the access network device determines a channel resource, where, in a case where the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the a first uplink channel resource; or, in the second downlink subframe set, the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but not In the case of the downlink subframes except the first subset and the second subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource;
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the first uplink is
  • the channel resource carries the feedback information of the channel format of the n resource unit, or the channel format is a m resource unit channel format, and the feedback information of the m resource unit channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource, and n is a natural number and m>n.
  • the processing module In a possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, in a case that the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset, the processing module The determined channel resource is the third uplink channel resource, and the sending module is configured to send, according to the processing module, the feedback information of the k resource unit channel format on the third uplink channel resource, where k is a natural number, m>k.
  • the following possible implementation manners of the tenth aspect may be used as the possible implementation manners of the eleventh and twelfth aspects, and the details are not described herein again.
  • the eleventh and twelfth aspects may be the same as the tenth aspect, and the m resource unit channel format may be replaced by the q codebook size channel format, and the n resource unit channel format is replaced by the p codebook size channel format. New embodiment.
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information, where the resource indication information is used to indicate that The first uplink channel resource or the second uplink channel resource that carries the feedback information.
  • the method before the determining, by the access network device, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • the access network device sends information of a second uplink channel resource set to the UE, where the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, and the second uplink channel A part of the resources of each of the plurality of uplink channel resources in the resource set constitutes a first uplink channel resource set, and the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the first uplink channel resource
  • the resource indication information indicates that the second uplink channel resource set includes an uplink channel resource of the first uplink channel resource, or
  • the resource indication information indicating the foregoing in the first uplink channel resource set First uplink channel resource; or
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource, and the resource indication information indicates the second uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource that includes the first uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set
  • the access network device determines channel resources, including:
  • the access network device determines, according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the UE, the first uplink channel resource in the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information.
  • the method before the determining, by the access network device, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • the access network device sends information of a first uplink channel resource set and information of a second uplink channel set to the UE, where the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel in the first uplink channel resource set
  • the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the first state set of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where the resource The second set of states of the indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the second set of uplink channel resources, the first set of states and the second set of states not intersecting.
  • the status of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource and/or a second uplink channel in the first uplink channel resource set. Upstream channel resources in the resource set.
  • the access network device Receiving, by the access network device, the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the access network device indicates, in the uplink subframe, the resource indication information Receiving, by the m resource unit channel format, the feedback information on the second uplink channel resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the access network device Determining, by the access network device, the first uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the UE, and receiving, by using the n, the first uplink channel resource
  • the partial time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format overlaps with the partial time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format;
  • the time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format is a part of the time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format;
  • the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format in which time-frequency resources overlap are orthogonal codes.
  • the access network device before the determining, by the access network device, the channel resource, the access network device further includes: the access network The device determines the first subset and the second subset according to a prior configuration.
  • the pre-configuration is independently configured for different uplink subframes.
  • the downlink subframe corresponding to the uplink subframe is combined into at least two subsets, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and corresponding uplink channel resources are configured for the two subsets.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a channel for feeding back ACK/NACK through PUCCH format 3 according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • Embodiment 4 is a schematic diagram of resource collection configuration in Embodiment 1 of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of resource collection configuration in Embodiment 2 of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of resource collection configuration in Embodiment 3 of the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an access network device according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of channel resource multiplexing of PUCCH format 3 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a method for sending feedback information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a method for sending feedback information according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of a method for sending feedback information according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of a method for receiving feedback information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a flowchart of a method for receiving feedback information according to another embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a flowchart of a method for receiving feedback information according to still another embodiment of the present invention.
  • the PUCCH format 1a/1b is used to feed back the ACK/NACK, and the channel resources of the PUCCH format 1a/1b are marked by the control channel element (CCE) of the PDCCH.
  • CCE control channel element
  • the PUCCH format 3 is used to feed back the ACK/NACK, and the channel resource of the PUCCH format 3 displays an indication by scheduling a two-bit field in the PDCCH of the PDSCH on the secondary carrier, where Two bits may be referred to as a channel resource indication field.
  • the base station allocates four channel resources of the PUCCH format 3 to the UE in advance by radio resource control (RRC) signaling, and uses one of the four channel resources for each scheduling, and the PDSCH on the secondary carrier is scheduled. Two bits in the PDCCH are indicated.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the current PUCCH format 3 mode also supports TDD single carrier ACK/NACK feedback, specifically The procedure is: if the UE only receives the PDCCH for scheduling the PDSCH on the primary carrier, and the downlink assignment index (DAI) field in the PDCCH is indicated as '1', then the PUCCH format 1a/1b is used to feed back the ACK/NACK.
  • DAI downlink assignment index
  • the channel resource of the PUCCH format 1a/1b is implicitly corresponding by the CCE label of the PDCCH; if the UE receives the PDCCH for scheduling the PDSCH on the primary carrier, and the value indicated by the DAI field in the PDCCH is greater than '1', then The PUCCH format 3 is used to feed back ACK/NACK, and the channel resource of the PUCCH format 3 is indicated by a two-bit field in the PDCCH.
  • the foregoing ACK/NACK transmission supporting the PUCCH format 1a/1b is to reduce the overhead of the PUCCH format 3, because the PUCCH format 3 can only code-multiplex 5 UEs in one RB, and the PUCCH format 1a/1b is in one RB. Up to 36 UEs can be code-multiplexed, so the resource overhead of PUCCH format 3 is minimized.
  • FIG. 1 shows an application scenario of an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates an LTE system as an example, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to an LTE system.
  • the LTE communication system includes an access network device and a user equipment.
  • the access network device can configure multiple carriers to one UE to improve the data rate of the UE and implement the CA.
  • the carrier here refers to the carrier group in FIG. 1, and one carrier group includes one uplink carrier and one downlink carrier.
  • the access network device configures two carriers for the user equipment 2, and configures one carrier for the user equipment 1.
  • the user equipment may also be referred to as a terminal, a terminal equipment, a mobile station (MS), a mobile terminal, etc., and the user equipment may be connected by wireless.
  • a radio access network (RAN) communicates with one or more core networks.
  • the user equipment may be a mobile phone (or a cellular phone), a computer with a mobile terminal, etc., for example, may be portable, pocket-sized , handheld, computer built-in or in-vehicle mobile devices that exchange language and/or data with a wireless access network.
  • the access network device may be a base station, an enhanced base station, or a relay with a scheduling function.
  • the base station may be an evolved Node B (eNB or an e-NodeB) in the LTE system, or may be another system, for example, a base station in an evolved system of the LTE system, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • eNB evolved Node B
  • e-NodeB evolved Node B
  • the following embodiments are described by taking a base station as an example, but the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the base station.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic structural diagram of a user equipment 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the user equipment 100 includes: a receiving module 110, a processing module 120, and a sending module 130.
  • the user equipment 100 may adopt a DFT-S-OFDM transmission mode when transmitting ACK/NACK by transmitting PUCCH format 3.
  • the channel structure for feeding back ACK/NACK through PUCCH format 3 is as shown in FIG. 3, and the channel structure can be implemented by the processing module 120.
  • a Reed Muller (RM) channel coding is performed to generate 48 bits, the encoded bits are scrambled, and the scrambled bits are modulated into 24 quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) symbols are respectively placed in two slots of one subframe.
  • RM Reed Muller
  • one method is to extend the capacity of the current PUCCH format 3, such as from one RB to multiple RBs.
  • the PUCCH format 3 of two RBs is taken as an example.
  • the original ACK/NACK bits are 40 bits, and only 12 subcarriers occupied by each time slot need to be expanded to occupy each time slot. 24 subcarriers can be used without changing the time domain OCC spread spectrum.
  • This makes it possible to proportionally enable the PUCCH format 3 of the dual RB to support 40 bits of ACK/NACK feedback, thereby supporting CA of more carriers (eg, 10 carriers).
  • the scheme of extending to 3RB or more RBs is similar, and only needs to be extended in the frequency domain.
  • the PUCCH format 3 of a single RB has a larger overhead than the PUCCH format 1a/1b due to the limited multiplexing capability, and the overhead of the PUCCH format 3 extended to multiple RBs is larger because the multiplexing capability is smaller than that of the single RB PUCCH format 3 It is the same, but the resources occupied are multiplied with the expansion of RB.
  • the PUCCH format 3 of the dual RB As an example, it is assumed that the CA supporting 10 carriers is used, that is, if 10 carriers are scheduled, the PUCCH format 3 of the dual RB is used. However, after 10 UEs are configured for the UE, it is necessary to consider several factors for the UE to schedule data transmission for several carriers of 10 carriers, and not all 10 carriers in each subframe are scheduled. Specifically, the number of scheduled carriers can be determined by the current traffic load. However, even if there is a scheduling requirement, the capacity of the PDCCH resource region needs to be considered. If the capacity of the PDCCH of the UE is insufficient for scheduling, the data on the corresponding carrier is also unschedulable.
  • the scheme of the PUCCH format 3 is extended to the PUCCH format 3 of the at least two RBs according to the scheme of the PUCCH format 3 of the single RB.
  • the embodiment of the present invention optimizes the overhead of the PUCCH format 3 according to the dynamically scheduled downlink subframes and/or carriers. The following solutions are specifically provided.
  • the user equipment UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the A subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the UE determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, where the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink channel Resources correspond to the second subset;
  • the p-codebook size channel format means that the channel format can support a maximum of p codebook sizes.
  • q codebook size channel format refers to the channel format can support up to q codebook size ACK/NACK feedback.
  • the codebook size refers to the number of original bits before encoding of ACK/NACK. Specifically, the p codebook size corresponds to the first subset, and the q codebook size corresponds to the second subset, that is, the p codebook size is determined by the number of downlink subframes in the first subset, and the q codebook size is determined by the second subset. The number of downlink subframes is determined.
  • the channel resource occupied by the p-code size channel format includes n resource units
  • the channel resources occupied by the q-code size channel format include m resource units, where m and n are natural numbers, and m is greater than or Equal to n.
  • the p-code size channel format can also be regarded as the n resource unit channel format
  • the q codebook size channel format can also be regarded as the m resource unit channel format.
  • the following embodiments based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format are fully applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size. In this case, the descriptions in the following embodiments may be The n resource unit channel format is directly replaced with the p codebook size channel format, and the m resource unit channel format is replaced with the q codebook size channel format.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format occupy the same number of resource units, and the length of the orthogonal code used by the p-code size channel format is greater than the q-codebook.
  • the length of the orthogonal code used by the size channel format is greater than the q-codebook.
  • the receiving module 110 and the sending module 130 are coupled to the processing module 120, and the user equipment 100 may further include other components such as a storage module.
  • the receiving module 110 is configured to receive downlink control information sent by the access network device, and receive a data channel scheduled by the downlink control information.
  • the processing module 120 is configured to determine an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel received by the receiving module 110, and determine a channel resource, where the uplink subframe association
  • the first downlink subframe set includes a first subset and a second subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset,
  • the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink channel resource corresponds to the second subset;
  • the sending module 130 is configured to send, by using the channel format, the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, under the control of the processing module 120.
  • the first uplink channel resource carries the feedback information of the n resource unit channel format, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the m resource unit channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource.
  • Feedback information, m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • the receiving module 110 receives the downlink control information by using a downlink control channel, for example, receiving downlink control information by using a PDCCH, or receiving downlink control information by using an enhanced PDCCH (ePDCCH).
  • the control channel is a control channel for scheduling a data channel on the secondary carrier, and/or the control channel is a control channel for scheduling a data channel on the primary carrier.
  • the feedback information in the embodiment of the present invention may be ACK/NACK. Of course, it may also be other feedback information, which can indicate whether the bearer data of the data channel is received.
  • the uplink subframe determined by the processing module 120 is determined according to a preset configuration.
  • the access network device sends the uplink and downlink subframe configuration to the UE in advance, and the processing module 120 can determine the uplink subframe used for sending the feedback information according to the uplink and downlink subframe configuration that is configured in advance by the access network device. Therefore, the UE in the embodiment of the present invention further includes a storage module, configured to store a pre-configuration sent by the access network device to the UE.
  • the downlink subframes associated with the uplink subframe need to be fed back in the uplink subframe.
  • the downlink sub-frames are determined by the timing or timing correspondence between the pre-configured downlink sub-frames and the uplink sub-frames, that is, according to the pre-configured uplink-downlink subframe configuration.
  • the downlink subframe associated with the uplink subframe may be determined according to Table 2.
  • all the downlink subframes associated with the uplink subframe used for the feedback ACK/NACK are referred to as a first downlink subframe set
  • the first downlink subframe set includes at least two subsets, that is, the first A subset and a second subset
  • all of the downlink subframes are all downlink subframes configured to feed back ACK/NACK on the uplink subframe for all carriers configured for the UE.
  • the UE is configured with 15 carriers by the access network device, and the same uplink and downlink subframe configuration 2 is configured for the 15 carriers (see Table 1 and Table 2 for details), and the uplink subframe is subframe 2.
  • All downlink subframes associated with the uplink subframe that is, the first downlink subframe set, include downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 on 15 carriers. This embodiment is to collect the first downlink subframe.
  • Two subsets are described as an example, but are not limited to two sets.
  • the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, that is, the first subset includes a partial downlink subframe of the first downlink subframe set.
  • the second subset may be all downlink subframes including the first downlink subframe set, or may be a partial downlink subframe including only the first downlink subframe set.
  • the embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the foregoing two subsets, and may be more than two. For example, if 15 carriers are configured for the UE, the downlink subframes corresponding to the carriers may be divided into three subsets. Or 4 subsets, of course, you can have more collections.
  • the subset in the embodiment of the present invention may be a part of the ensemble or a complete set.
  • A may be a partial element including B, or may be all elements including B.
  • A if A is a true subset of B, then A can only contain some elements of B.
  • the UE may determine the first subset and the second subset according to a preset configuration.
  • TDD CA TDD CA
  • the first subset includes downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 to 5
  • the second subset includes downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 to 10, and the second subset can be seen. Completely contains the first subset.
  • This embodiment may further include a third subset, specifically including downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1-15, that is, the third subset is an ACK/NACK fed back on an uplink subframe configured for the UE.
  • All the pre-configured downlink subframes associated with each other are a complete set, that is, the first downlink subframe set; but the relationship between the first subset and the second subset can be seen, and the second subset and the second subset.
  • the relationship of the three subsets, and the relationship between the first subset and the third subset are all structurally similar. Therefore, the solution of the embodiment of the present invention can be directly extended to the second subset and the third subset, and the first subset and the third subset. Certain manners may be used in the embodiments of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE may determine the first subset and the second subset by using pre-configured rules.
  • the pre-configured rules can be various, and the embodiments of the present invention are not limited.
  • the pre-configured rule may be based on a pre-configured rule as determining at least one of a carrier sequence number and a frame sequence number and combining an ACK/NACK bit number threshold (such as 20 bits or 21 bits or 22 bits).
  • the UE determines that the first subset includes The downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 through 5, and the second subset include downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 through 10.
  • the first subset is selected by first selecting the downlink subframe of the carrier 1 in the order of the time domain subframe label, and then continuing to select the downlink subframe of the carrier 2 based on the frequency domain carrier label, and the threshold is limited.
  • the number of downlink subframes; the second subset is selected in a similar manner to the first subset. For example, if the threshold is 10, or 5 carriers are used, and each carrier is configured as a subframe 2, a set division manner is: the first subset includes downlink subframes 4 and 5 of carriers 1 to 2.
  • the second subset includes all the downlink subframes of the first subset, the downlink subframes 6 and 8 of the carrier 3, and the carrier 3 to 4 downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8, in which case different subframes on one carrier can be divided into different downlink subframe sets; as can be seen, in this example, the first time domain subframe number is The frequency domain carrier number is used to select the first subset and the second subset.
  • the pre-configured rule may be that the downlink subframes within the maximum number of carriers that do not exceed the threshold are determined to be a certain set according to the carrier and subframe number and the threshold limit.
  • the number of downlink subframes in a certain set may be less than the above threshold.
  • the first subset includes Downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 to 2
  • the second subset includes downlink subframes 4, 5, and 6 of carriers 3 to 5 in addition to all downlink subframes including the first subset 8.
  • the pre-configured rule may also select the first subset and the second subset according to the order of the frequency domain carrier number and the time domain subframe number in combination with the threshold.
  • pre-configured rules there are a plurality of pre-configured rules, as long as the pre-configured rules of the embodiments of the present invention can be used in the embodiments of the present invention, and details are not described herein again.
  • the UE may also determine the first subset and the second subset by using signaling sent by the access network device.
  • the access network device may notify the UE of the division rule by signaling, or directly notify the first subset and the second subset of the UE.
  • the UE can also determine the first subset and the second subset by other means.
  • the first subset corresponds to the first uplink channel resource
  • the sending module 130 uses the n resource unit channel format to carry the feedback information of the n resource unit channel format on the first uplink channel resource
  • the second subset corresponds to the second uplink channel resource
  • the sending module 130 uses the m resource unit channel format to carry the feedback information of the m resource unit channel format on the second uplink channel resource, where m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • Each feedback uses only one channel format to send feedback information on the corresponding channel resource. That is, for large subsets, the feedback information is sent in a large resource format, for A small subset that uses small resource formats to send feedback.
  • the resource unit in the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format may include any one of a resource block (RB), a resource block pair, a sub resource block, and a sub resource block pair.
  • RB resource block
  • n resource block pair
  • m resource block pair
  • the sub-resource block is a part of a resource block, and the frequency domain width of the sub-RB may be smaller than the frequency domain width of one RB, such as occupying 4 sub-carriers, occupying one time slot or sub-frame in the time domain; or the time-domain width of the sub-RB It can be less than one time slot, for example, occupying 3 time domain symbols, and occupying 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, that is, the frequency domain width of one RB; or, the sub RBs occupy more time in the time domain and the frequency domain than the current one RB. Small frequency domain width and time domain length.
  • a sub-resource block pair is a pair of sub-resource blocks.
  • the foregoing embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including the first downlink subframe set, the description of the first subset and the second subset, and the like, are fully applicable to the p The scheme of codebook size and q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n. details as follows:
  • the time-frequency resources occupied by the two channel formats have an equal number of resource units, for example, occupying 1 RB, or the time-frequency resources occupied by the two channel formats completely overlap.
  • the ACK/NACK codebook size that can be fed back by the q codebook size channel format or the m resource unit channel format is larger than the ACK/NACK codebook size that can be fed back by the p code size channel format or the n resource unit channel format.
  • the length of the orthogonal code used by the former is smaller than the orthogonal code length of the latter, and the multiplexing efficiency on the same time-frequency resource is sacrificed in exchange for the improvement of the codebook size.
  • PUCCH format 3 it is assumed that both formats occupy the time-frequency resource of PUCCH format 3 of one RB, but the length of the time-domain orthogonal code of the p-code size channel format is 5, that is, the RB can be the most
  • the p-code size channel format of 5 UEs is multiplexed; and the length of the time-domain orthogonal code of the q-code size channel format is assumed to be 2 and 3, that is, the first two ACK/NACK symbols have a time domain of length 2
  • the codec spreads, and the last three ACK/NACK symbols are spread with a time domain orthogonal code of length 3. It is assumed that the other two symbols in the time slot are used for uplink demodulation pilot transmission.
  • the RB can accommodate the q codebook size channel format of two UEs, but the ACK/NACK supported by the q codebook size channel format is supported.
  • the codebook size is twice the size of the ACK/NACK codebook supported by the p-code size channel format, because the q-codebook size channel format adopts two sets of time-domain orthogonal code spreading, wherein each group of time-domain orthogonal codes
  • the code length is smaller than the 5-long time-domain orthogonal code used by the p-code size channel format, and the multiplexing capability is determined by the length of the shorter-length time-domain orthogonal code in the two sets of time-domain orthogonal codes.
  • the code length of the orthogonal code is 2, and there are at most 2 orthogonal codes in the orthogonal code group having a code length of 2; or another set of orthogonal codes is assumed to be ⁇ (1, 1, 1, 1), (1,1,-1,-1), (1,-1,-1,1), (1,-1,1,-1) ⁇ , at this time, the code length of the orthogonal code is 4, and the code There are up to 4 orthogonal codes in the orthogonal code group of length 4.
  • the embodiment of the present invention divides the downlink subframe corresponding to the uplink subframe into at least two subsets, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and configures corresponding uplink channel resources for the two subsets, Large subsets, using large resource formats to send feedback information, for small subsets, using small resource formats to send feedback information, thereby solving the problem of how to send feedback information when configuring more carriers, and when the instantaneously scheduled carrier When the number is small, the feedback information can be sent back to the small resource format. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the resource overhead while feeding back ACK/NACK.
  • n 1, and m is 2.
  • this embodiment can also be applied to PUCCH format 3 of more RBs.
  • the scheme can be extended to PUCCH formats of other resource units, such as PUCCH formats of dual RBs and 4 RBs, or PUCCH formats of different numbers of sub RBs, and the like. Therefore, the PUCCH format 3 of the single RB and the dual RB in the present embodiment can be extended to the PUCCH format of m resource units and the PUCCH format of n resource units, where m and n are both natural numbers and m>n.
  • the module for channel coding may encode the original information of the feedback information of the small resource format, for example, may encode the 20-bit ACK/NACK, or may also feed the original information of the large resource format.
  • Encoding for example, may encode a 40-bit ACK/NACK or a 60-bit ACK/NACK. It can be implemented by one channel encoder or by multiple channel encoders.
  • the channel coder can be a unit in the processor and also begins as a separate channel coder.
  • the receiving module 110 is configured to receive the downlink control information scheduled data channel in the following manner: receiving the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set .
  • the UE determines, according to the downlink control information, which downlink subframes are scheduled, where the scheduled downlink subframes constitute a second downlink subframe set, and the second downlink subframe set The subset of the first downlink subframe set described above.
  • the scheduled downlink subframe may be one or multiple. When the scheduled downlink subframe is one, it may be a secondary carrier.
  • the downlink subframe may also be a downlink subframe scheduled by the control channel whose value is greater than 1 in the downlink assignment index (DAI) field on the primary carrier, but not the PDSCH on the primary carrier and the DAI field indication is The downlink subframe corresponding to the PDCCH of '1'.
  • DAI downlink assignment index
  • the second downlink subframe set may also be a subframe set associated with the uplink subframe, and the subframe set is composed of downlink subframes on all carriers activated for the current UE.
  • the downlink subframe that is actually scheduled by the UE is a subset of the activated second downlink subframe set.
  • the first downlink subframe set is a subframe set associated with an uplink subframe that sends feedback information, and the first downlink subframe set is configured by radio resource control (RRC) signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the activated second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first downlink subframe set, which is configured to the UE by media access control (MAC) signaling; the UE is actually scheduled to downlink.
  • MAC media access control
  • the subframe is a downlink subframe in the second downlink subframe set.
  • the embodiments in the present invention are all described as assuming that the second downlink subframe set is the actually scheduled downlink subframe set, but the same applies to the second downlink subframe set being the activated downlink subframe set. Case.
  • the number of carriers or downlink subframes scheduled for the UE in a certain subframe may be smaller than The above maximum value is, for example, 60 subframes of 15 carriers in this embodiment.
  • the number of carriers and the number of subframes scheduled for the UE are specifically related to various factors such as the instantaneous traffic load of the UE and the capacity of the control channel.
  • the processing module 120 further determines channel resources after determining the uplink subframe.
  • the determined channel resources are different, and the used PUCCH format may also be different.
  • the foregoing embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including the description of the second downlink subframe set, and the like, is fully applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n.
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information
  • the processing module 120 is configured to determine a channel resource according to the following: determining, according to the resource indication information, the channel resource used to carry the feedback information.
  • the DAI in the downlink control information including the resource indication information is not 1, for example, the DAI is greater than 1.
  • the downlink control information of the scheduled primary carrier does not have the resource indication information, and only the secondary carrier is scheduled.
  • the above resource indication information is only included in the downlink control information.
  • the resource indication information may be an explicit bit in the downlink control information, for example, at least one bit in the control channel is used as resource indication information, and different states of the at least one bit indicate that different PUCCH channel resources are used.
  • the resource indication information may also be an implicit indication manner. For example, different scrambling codes on the control channel indicate different channel resources.
  • the resource indication information may be an ACK/NACK resource indicator (ARI).
  • the following embodiments based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including the indication method of the resource indication information for the channel resource, are fully applicable to the p codebook size and the q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the first uplink channel resource
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the second, where the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset.
  • Upstream channel resources or,
  • the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of downlink subframes and the second subset but does not belong to the first subset of downlink subframes, but does not include the first subset and the In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the n resource unit channel format is a single RB-PUCCH format
  • the m resource unit channel format is a dual RB-PUCCH format.
  • the first uplink channel resource corresponds to a single RB-PUCCH format
  • the second uplink is used.
  • the channel resources correspond to the dual RB-PUCCH format.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the first An upstream channel resource.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1, subframes 4, 5, and 6 of carrier 2, and subframes 4 and 5 of carrier 3, where carrier 1 is dominant Carrier.
  • the first subset is composed of the downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of the carrier 1-5, and therefore, the second downlink subframe set is A subset of the first subset.
  • the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the first subset is used in this embodiment. That is, the feedback information is transmitted in a small resource format.
  • the processing module 120 determines the The channel resource is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the first subset consists of downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1-5
  • the second subset consists of downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1-10.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes only subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 6, subframes 4, 5, and 6 of carrier 7, and subframes 4 and 5 of carrier 8. That is, the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframes in the second subset that do not belong to the first subset.
  • the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the second subset is used in this embodiment. That is, the feedback information is transmitted in a large resource format.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of downlink subframes and the second subset but does not belong to the first subset of downlink subframes, but does not include the first subset and the In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset (hereinafter referred to as Case 3), the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the first subset consists of downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1-5
  • the second subset consists of downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1-10.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1, subframes 4, 5, and 6 of carrier 3, and subframes 4 and 5 of carrier 6.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and a downlink subframe other than the second subset.
  • the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the second subset is also used in this embodiment. That is, sending feedback information in a large resource format
  • the n resource unit channel format is a single RB-PUCCH format
  • the m resource unit channel format is a dual RB-PUCCH format.
  • the first uplink channel resource corresponds to a single RB-PUCCH format
  • the second uplink channel is used.
  • the resource corresponds to the dual RB-PUCCH format.
  • the processing module 120 when determining, according to the resource indication information, the channel resource used to carry the feedback information, is selected from a resource set configured by the access network device for the UE in advance. Further, the access network device configures, in advance, a correspondence between the state of the resource indication information and the channel resource in the resource set for the UE. The determining, by the processing module 120, the channel resource used to carry the feedback information according to the resource indication information, is selected according to a state of the resource indication information from a resource set previously configured by the access network device for the UE. .
  • the resource set configured by the access network device for the UE in advance has the following three implementation manners.
  • the access network device pre-configures the second uplink channel resource set for the UE, and the processing module 120 is further configured to acquire the second uplink channel resource set configured by the access network device before determining the channel resource.
  • the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, and the part of the resource component of each uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set includes An uplink channel resource set, where the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource of the m resource unit channel format in the solution includes the channel resource of the corresponding back-off n resource unit channel format on the time-frequency resource, so that the orthogonal n resource unit channel on the time-frequency resource may not be separately reserved. Format and channel resources of the m resource unit channel format, so that the base station does not need to perform blind detection on the channel resource of the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format orthogonal on the time-frequency resource, thereby saving the uplink control channel, such as PUCCH, resource overhead.
  • the second uplink channel resource set configured by the access network device for the UE is the four large resources in FIG. 4, that is, the four dual RB channel resources in FIG.
  • the four resources in this embodiment are only examples, and are not intended to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present invention.
  • the access network device can be configured with more or less according to requirements.
  • a portion of each element in the second set of uplink channel resources constitutes a first set of resources. For example, a part of the resources of the four dual RBs in FIG. 4, that is, one of the two dual RBs, constitutes a first uplink channel resource set.
  • the second uplink channel resource is selected from the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the second uplink channel resource is one of the channel resources of the four dual RBs in FIG.
  • the first uplink channel resource is selected from the first uplink channel resource set.
  • the first uplink channel resource is a channel resource of a single RB of one of the dual RB channel resources included in FIG. 4, and may be, for example, a channel resource of an upper half RB of the second dual RB channel resource in FIG. .
  • different states of the resource indication information may indicate different channel resources in the second uplink channel resource set. As shown in FIG. 4, 00 indicates the first dual RB in the second uplink channel resource set, 01 indicates the second dual RB, 10 indicates the third dual RB, and 11 indicates the fourth dual RB.
  • the processing module 120 is specifically configured to determine the second uplink channel resource from the second uplink channel resource set according to the channel resource indication.
  • the channel resource indication is 10
  • the processing module 120 determines, from the second uplink channel resource set, that the third dual RB is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the processing module 120 is specifically configured to determine, according to the channel resource indication, the first uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where the first uplink channel resource is The channel resource indicates a portion of an uplink channel resource, and the uplink channel resource is included in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the processing module 120 is specifically configured to determine, according to the resource indication information, the first uplink channel resource, where the first uplink channel resource is indicated by the resource indication information in the second uplink channel resource set. Part of the resources of the upstream channel resource.
  • the first uplink channel resource may be directly determined according to the identifier, pre-configuration information or default setting of the UE.
  • which part of the uplink channel resource indicated by the processing resource 120 by the processing module 120 may be determined according to a default setting, for example, the above RB is used by default, or the following RB is used by default.
  • which part of the uplink channel resource indicated by the channel resource is used by the processing module 120 may be determined according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the user equipment.
  • the pre-configuration information may be an upper-half or lower-half resource in the uplink channel resource in the foregoing uplink channel resource set configured by RRC signaling, or pre-configured indication information, used to indicate the uplink channel.
  • the upper half or the lower half of the uplink channel resources in the resource set are used as the first uplink channel resource; the processing module 120 may determine the upper part or the lower part of the resource as the foregoing according to the pre-configuration information.
  • An upstream channel resource For example, when the processing module 120 determines the first uplink channel resource according to the identifier information of the user equipment, if the identifier information of the user equipment is an odd number, the processing module 120 determines that the uplink channel resource indicated by the channel resource is used. The half portion is used as the first uplink channel resource; if the identification information of the user equipment is even, the processing module 120 determines to use the lower half of the uplink channel resource indicated by the channel resource as the first uplink channel resource. vice versa.
  • the processing module 120 can also be determined according to other manners.
  • the 2-bit resource indication information is taken as an example, and the channel format is PUCCH format 3.
  • the UE needs to be configured with the analysis of the 4 states of the 2 bits in advance. For example, the four states ⁇ 00, 01, 10, 11 ⁇ of the 2 bits are obtained by receiving the RRC dedicated signaling in advance, respectively.
  • the processing unit 120 uses the current state 01.
  • the channel resource 2 of the indicated dual RB PUCCH format 3 is fed back ACK/NACK.
  • the UE uses the dual RB PUCCH format indicated by the state 01.
  • the channel resources of the single RB PUCCH format 3 in the channel resources of 3 are fed back ACK/NACK, as shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the channel resource of the single RB PUCCH format 3 of the channel resource of the dual RB PUCCH format 3 may be determined according to the UE identity information of the UE.
  • the identifier information may be a cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the UE.
  • the determining manner of the single RB PUCCH format 3 may enable the base station to use the channel resources of different parts of the single RB PUCCH format 3 of the channel resources of the dual RB PUCCH format 3, respectively, to improve the resource use efficiency.
  • the access network device pre-configures the two uplink channel resource sets, that is, the first uplink channel resource set and the second uplink channel resource set, for the UE, and the processing module 120 is further configured to: before determining the channel resource, acquire the And configuring, by the access network device, a first uplink channel resource set and a second uplink channel set.
  • the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set
  • the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the first uplink channel resource set includes the channel resources of the two single RBs in FIG. 5, the single RB1 and the single RB2, and the second uplink channel resource set includes the channel resources of the two dual RBs in FIG. Dual RB1 and dual RB2.
  • the resource indication information states may be divided into two sets, that is, a first state set and a second state set.
  • the first state set indicates the uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set
  • the second state set of the resource indication information indicates the uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, the first The set of states and the set of second states do not intersect. As illustrated in the example shown in FIG.
  • the first state set includes 00 and 01, respectively indicating a single RB1 and a single RB2 in the first uplink channel resource set; and the second state set includes 10 and 11, respectively indicating the second uplink channel. Dual RB1 and dual RB2 in the resource set.
  • the correspondence between the state in the first state set and the channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set may be pre-configured by the access network device to the UE.
  • the correspondence between the state in the second state set and the channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set may also be The access network device is pre-configured to the UE.
  • the access network device can configure the two corresponding relationships to the UE at the same time, or can be separately configured to the UE. Specifically, the access network device may configure the foregoing two correspondences to the UE by using radio resource control (RRC) dedicated signaling.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the processing module 120 when the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the first uplink channel resource, and the state of the resource indication information is a state in the first state set, the processing module 120 is configured. Determining a channel resource according to: determining, according to a state in the first state set of the resource indication information, the first uplink channel resource from the first uplink channel set; or
  • the processing module 120 Is configured to determine a channel resource by determining a second uplink channel resource from the second set of uplink channels according to a state in the second set of states of the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information of the two bits is taken as an example.
  • the UE needs to be configured with the analysis of the four states of the two bits in advance.
  • the four states of the two bits ⁇ 00 are obtained by receiving the RRC dedicated signaling in advance.
  • 01, 10, 11 ⁇ are respectively ⁇ single RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 1, single RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 2, double RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 1, double RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 2 ⁇ .
  • the ACK/NACK is transmitted in the single RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 2 using the single RB PUCCH format, as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the processing unit 120 is still determined to use the second downlink channel resource to send feedback information. Specifically, even if the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframes in the first subset, if the status of the two bits of the resource indication information received by the UE is 10, it indicates that the dual RB PUCCH channel resource 1 is indicated. The ACK/NACK is fed back, so the UE determines to transmit ACK/NACK in the dual RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 1 using the dual RB PUCCH format.
  • the UE may also find that it has missed the PDCCH scheduling the downlink subframes other than the first subset, because if there is no miss detection, the base station will instruct the UE to use the single RB PUCCH channel resource, considering the second downlink. Only the downlink subframes in the first subset are included in the frame set. On the other hand, if the UE finds that the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the single RB PUCCH format 3 is used, and once missed, the base station expects the UE to use the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 to feed back ACK/NACK.
  • the UE will actually use the single RB-PUCCH format 3 to feed back ACK/NACK, because This will cause inconsistency between the base station and the base station, which may cause the base station to decode the ACK/NACK unsuccessful. If the base station allocates channel resources that it believes are not allocated to the UE to other UEs, the current UE is already allocated to the UE. The ACK/NACK feedback performed by the channel resources of this single RB PUCCH format 3 of other UEs also causes interference to PUCCH format 3 of other UEs.
  • the different state indications using the resource indication information in this embodiment are in the single RB-PUCCH format 3 or the dual RB-PUCCH format 3, so that the UE uses the dual RB as long as it determines that the resource indication information indicates that the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 is adopted.
  • - PUCCH format 3 to feed back ACK/NACK, thereby solving the above-mentioned PUCCH channel resource ambiguity problem caused by the missed control channel.
  • the present embodiment is similar to the second embodiment.
  • the access network device configures two sets of uplink channel resources, that is, a first uplink channel resource set and a second uplink channel resource set, for the UE.
  • the first uplink channel resource set includes the channel resources of the four single RBs in FIG. 6, the channel resources of the single RB1, the single RB2, the single RB3, and the single RB4, and the second uplink channel resource.
  • the set includes four dual RB channel resources in FIG. 6, dual RB1, dual RB2, dual RB3, and dual RB4.
  • the four states of the resource indication information indicate a channel resource corresponding to the first uplink channel resource set and/or the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the processing module 120 is indeed configured to determine channel resources in the following two ways.
  • the processing module 120 determines, according to the resource indication information, a third uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information from the first uplink channel resource set, and determines the resource indication information indication from a second uplink channel resource set. a fourth uplink channel resource; determining that the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset; and determining that the third uplink channel resource is the first uplink channel resource; or
  • the processing module 120 determines, according to the resource indication information, the fifth uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information from the first uplink channel resource set, and determines the resource indication information from the second uplink channel resource set. Determining the sixth uplink channel resource; determining that the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and not in the first subset; and determining that the sixth uplink channel resource is Said second uplink channel resource; or
  • the processing module 120 determines, according to the resource indication information, a fifth uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information and a second uplink channel resource from the first uplink channel resource set. Determining, in the source set, the sixth uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information; determining that the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of the downlink subframe and the second subset but not the first a downlink subframe of the subset, but not including the downlink subframes other than the first subset and the second subset; and determining that the sixth uplink channel resource is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the processing module 120 determines that the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset; and determines, according to the resource indication information, the resource indication information indication from the first uplink channel resource set The first uplink channel resource; or
  • the processing module 120 determines that the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset; and according to the state of the resource indication information, from the Determining, in the second uplink channel resource set, the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information; or
  • the processing module 120 determines that the second downlink subframe set includes the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the a downlink subframe other than the first subset and the second subset; and determining, according to the resource indication information, the second uplink channel indicated by the resource indication information from the second uplink channel resource set Resources.
  • the UE may determine to use the single RB PUCCH channel resource.
  • which single RB PUCCH channel resource is used needs to be determined by the state of the 2-bit resource indication information; or, the UE first determines a single RB PUCCH channel resource from the first channel resource set by using the state of the resource indication information Determining a dual RB PUCCH channel resource in the second channel resource set, and finally using which of the two channel resources, determining, by using only the downlink subframe in the first subset of the second downlink subframe set
  • the above one single RB PUCCH channel resource is used to transmit ACK/NACK.
  • the UE is also required to pre-configure the correspondence between the state of the resource indication information and the channel resource set.
  • the four states ⁇ 00, 01, 10, 11 ⁇ of the 2-bit are obtained by receiving the RRC dedicated signaling in advance, which are respectively a single RB PUCCH channel resource set ⁇ single RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 1, single RB PUCCH format 3 channel Resource 2, single RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 3, single RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 4 ⁇ or dual RB PUCCH channel resource set set ⁇ double RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 1, double RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 2, double RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 3, dual RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 4 ⁇ .
  • the four states ⁇ 00, 01, 10, 11 ⁇ of the 2-bit are obtained by receiving the RRC dedicated signaling in advance, which are respectively a single RB PUCCH channel resource set ⁇ single RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 1, single RB PUCCH format 3 channel Resource 2, single RB
  • the foregoing embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including the scheme 1 in the indication manner of the resource indication information, is completely applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n. That is to say, the scheme of the codebook size channel format is a higher scheme of the resource unit channel format.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the first uplink channel resource
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the solution 1 is different from the solution 1 in that, in the case that the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe of the second subset and does not belong to the first subset (ie, case 2)
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the first uplink channel resource.
  • the first subset consists of downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1-5
  • the second subset consists of downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1-10.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes only subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 6, subframes 4, 5, and 6 of carrier 7, and subframes 4 and 5 of carrier 8.
  • the first subset may not be generally regarded as a first subset, and the first subset is composed of downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 6-10.
  • the feedback information is also sent in the resource format of the fallback for Case 2.
  • the first subset of the downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of the carrier 1-5 and the subset of the downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of the carrier 6-10 may be A different channel resource set may be configured, or the same channel resource set may be configured, but all are channel resource sets corresponding to the small channel format.
  • the resource collection configuration mode and the channel resource determination manner in various manners can be referred to the description in the first scheme. In order to save space, this article will not repeat them.
  • the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 120 is the first uplink channel resource
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset,
  • the descriptions of the above cases 2 and 3 can be referred to.
  • the UE determines the first uplink channel resource, that is, uses The single RB PUCCH format 3 transmits an ACK/NACK on the first uplink channel resource.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 6, subframes 4, 5, and 6 of carrier 7, and subframes 4 and 5 of carrier 8, visible, second downlink
  • the downlink subframes in the frame set are all subframes on the secondary carrier. The scenario at this point is similar to the first scenario.
  • the method before the UE receives the scheduled data channel in the second downlink subframe set, the method further includes: determining, by the UE, the first uplink channel resource set and the second subset corresponding to the first subset a second uplink channel resource set of the subset, the first uplink channel resource set includes at least one PUCCH channel resource of a single RB-PUCCH format 3, and the second uplink channel resource set includes at least one of a single RB-PUCCH format 3 One PUCCH channel resource.
  • the single RB-PUCCH format 3 channel resource included in the first uplink channel resource set and the single RB-PUCCH format 3 channel resource included in the second uplink channel resource set may be completely different or partially identical, that is, Independent configuration.
  • the independent configuration also includes: the PUCCH channel resource included in the first uplink channel resource set and the single RB-PUCCH format 3 channel resource included in the second uplink channel resource set may also be the same.
  • the UE may obtain the foregoing first uplink channel resource set and the second uplink channel resource set by receiving RRC signaling sent by the base station.
  • the first uplink channel resource set and the second uplink channel resource set each include two channel resources of a single RB-PUCCH format 3, which are ⁇ channel 11, channel 12 ⁇ and ⁇ channel 21, channel 22 ⁇ .
  • Scheduling 2 states of the 2 bits of the resource indication information in the control channel of the actually scheduled downlink subframe in the first subset for respectively indicating the channel 11 and the channel 12, and scheduling the actual of the second subset except the first subset The two states of the two bits of the resource indication information in the control channel of the scheduled downlink subframe are used to indicate the channel 21 and the channel 22, respectively.
  • ⁇ channel 11, channel 12 ⁇ and ⁇ channel 21, channel 22 ⁇ are not identical, that is, either completely different, that is, completely independent configuration; or partially identical, such as channel 11 and channel 21 are the same channel, but channel 12 Different from channel 22.
  • scheduling flexibility can be brought when multiple UEs multiplex and multiplex PUCCH format 3 channel resources. For example, for the first subset, since ⁇ channel 11, channel 12 ⁇ is all occupied by other UEs, ⁇ channel 11, channel 12 ⁇ cannot be used to feed back the ACK/NACK corresponding to the downlink subframe in the first subset, which makes it impossible to schedule the subframe in the first subset.
  • the resource indication information indicates the dual RB PUCCH channel resources 13 and 14 indicated by the other two states, and the dual RB PUCCH channel resources 23 and 24 indicated by the other two states indicating the resource indication information corresponding to the first subset in the second subset. It must be identical, that is, the dual RB PUCCH format 3 channel resources 13 are the same as 14 and 23 and 24 are the same.
  • the UE determines the ACK/NACK codebook size corresponding to the portion of the second subset in the second subset, and according to the codebook size
  • the ACK/NACK codebook is encoded.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subset of the second subset that does not belong to the first subset.
  • the processing module 120 determines the second uplink channel resource, that is, uses the m resource unit format, such as dual RB PUCCH format 3, in the second The feedback information is sent on the uplink channel resource.
  • the size of the ACK/NACK codebook corresponding to the second subset determined by the UE 2 is similar, and the ACK/NACK codebook is encoded according to the codebook size.
  • the present embodiment (including all embodiments) is described by taking two subsets as an example, but for the case of a plurality of subsets, the scheme of the present embodiment can still be employed. Only different subsets are configured with corresponding uplink channel resource sets.
  • the part of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit The time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the channel format overlaps; or the time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n-resource channel format is the second uplink channel corresponding to the m resource unit channel format A part of a time-frequency resource of the resource; wherein the n-resource channel format in which the time-frequency resource overlaps and the m-resource channel format are differentiated by using an orthogonal code, so that the resource overhead of the PUCCH can be saved, that is, the pre-requiring is not required.
  • the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format are orthogonal to each other.
  • the UE determines an ACK/NACK codebook size corresponding to the first subset, and encodes the ACK/NACK codebook according to the codebook size.
  • the resource indication information indicates that the PUCCH channel resource of the single RB-PUCCH format 3 is used for ACK/NACK feedback, and the PUCCH channel is used for feeding back the actually scheduled downlink subframe in the second downlink subframe set.
  • ACK/NACK but the number of original bits before encoding of the ACK/NACK that needs feedback, ie
  • the codebook size is determined according to all downlink subframes in the first subset.
  • the number of all downlink subframes included in the first subset is 20, and the number of downlink subframes in the second scheduled downlink subframe set is 9, and the maximum 20 packets are required for feedback ACK/NACK.
  • the bit that is, the codebook size at this time, determines the original number of bits before encoding, that is, the ACK/NACK codebook, and arranges the ACK/NACK bits according to the carrier and the subframe number, wherein the current downlink subframe is not actually scheduled.
  • the corresponding ACK/NACK position can be filled with zeros to occupy a place.
  • a single codeword scheduling is assumed, that is, one downlink subframe corresponds to one ACK/NACK bit; if it is dual codeword scheduling, one downlink subframe corresponds to two ACK/NACK bits, but two subframes correspond to two subframes.
  • ACK/NACK can be spatially bound, that is, logical AND operation, compressing two bits of ACK/NACK into one bit.
  • the control channel carrying the resource indication information is a control channel for scheduling a first downlink subframe in the second downlink subframe set, where the first downlink subframe is a subframe on the secondary carrier,
  • the downlink assignment index (DAI) field on the primary carrier is a downlink subframe scheduled by the control channel whose value is greater than 1.
  • the scheduling order of the subframes on one carrier determines the order of the DAI values in the control channel channel from small to large, such as four control channels on the primary carrier for scheduling subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8.
  • the DAI values in the first are 1, 2, 3, and 4; then the first downlink subframe includes subframes 5, 6, and 8 of carrier 1, subframes 4, 5, and 6 of carrier 2, and carrier 3 Subframes 4 and 5, that is, only subframe 4 scheduled for control channel with a DAI value of 1 on the primary carrier is excluded.
  • the state of the resource indication information in the control channel of the first downlink subframe must be the same, for example, the state 01 is required, so that the UE does not receive different states indicated by different resource indication information. It is impossible to determine which PUCCH format 3 channel resource.
  • the foregoing embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including the scheme 2 in the indication manner of the resource indication information, is completely applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n. That is to say, the scheme of the codebook size channel format is a higher scheme of the resource unit channel format.
  • another embodiment of the present invention provides an access network device 700, including a receiving module 710, a processing module 720, and a sending module 730.
  • the sending module 710 is configured to send downlink control information to the UE under the control of the processing module 720, and send the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information to the UE under the control of the processing module 720;
  • the processing module 720 is configured to control the sending module 710 to send downlink control information to the UE, and control the sending module 710 to send the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information to the UE, and determine to receive the An uplink subframe corresponding to the feedback information of the data channel, and determining a channel resource, where the second downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the first subset includes at least Two downlink subframes, the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, and the first uplink channel resource corresponds to a The first subset, the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the second subset;
  • the receiving module 730 is configured to receive, by using the channel format, the feedback information sent by the channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe determined by the processing module 720, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format,
  • the first uplink channel resource carries the feedback information of the n resource unit channel format, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the second uplink channel resource carries the m resource unit channel format.
  • Feedback information, m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the user equipment UE;
  • the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, The first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the access network device determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, and the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink Channel resources corresponding to the second subset;
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is a p-codebook size channel format, and the first uplink channel resource
  • the feedback information of the channel format of the p-code size channel format is carried, or the channel format is a q-codebook size channel format, and the feedback information of the q-codebook size channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource.
  • p and q are natural numbers, and q>p.
  • the p or q codebook size channel format refers to the feedback that the channel format can support ACK/NACK of p or q codebook size at most, and the codebook size refers to the original number of bits before encoding of ACK/NACK.
  • the p codebook size corresponds to the first subset
  • the q codebook size corresponds to the second subset, that is, the p codebook size is determined by the number of downlink subframes in the first subset, and the q codebook size is determined by the second subset. The number of downlink subframes is indeed set.
  • the channel resource occupied by the p-code size channel format includes n resource units
  • the channel resources occupied by the q-code size channel format include m resource units, where m and n are natural numbers, and m is greater than or Equal to n.
  • the p-code size channel format can also be regarded as the n resource unit channel format
  • the q codebook size channel format can also be regarded as the m resource unit channel format.
  • the following embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format is fully applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n. That is to say, the scheme of the codebook size channel format is a higher scheme of the resource unit channel format.
  • the sending module 710 of the embodiment of the present invention is further configured to: send the subframe configuration information to the UE, where the subframe configuration information is used to determine an uplink subframe that is associated with the first downlink subframe set. .
  • the subframe configuration information is sent to the UE in advance.
  • the subframe configuration information may be an uplink and downlink subframe configuration in Table 2. In this way, the UE can determine the uplink subframe according to the previous subframe configuration information.
  • the sending module 710 of the embodiment of the present invention is further configured to send the dividing rule to the UE.
  • the dividing rule is used to determine the first subset and the second subset that are included in the first downlink subframe set.
  • the dividing rule may be a pre-configured rule in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the sending module 710 in this embodiment may also not send the dividing rule, and the access network device and the UE determine the first set and the second set according to default rules.
  • the sending module 710 can also send the first subset and the second subset to the UE.
  • first set and the second set and the first downlink subframe set may be referred to the description of the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the first subset corresponds to the first uplink channel resource
  • the receiving module 730 is configured to receive the feedback information of the n resource unit channel format carried on the first uplink channel resource.
  • the second subset corresponds to the second uplink channel resource
  • the receiving module 730 is configured to receive the feedback information of the m resource unit channel format carried on the second uplink channel resource, where m and n are natural numbers, and m>n.
  • Feedback information is received on the corresponding channel resource using only one channel format at a time. That is, for a large subset, the UE transmits feedback information in a large resource format, and for a small subset, the UE uses a small resource. Format to send feedback information.
  • the foregoing embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including the first downlink subframe set, the description of the first subset and the second subset, and the like, are fully applicable to the p The scheme of codebook size and q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n. details as follows:
  • the time-frequency resources occupied by the two channel formats have an equal number of resource units, for example, occupying 1 RB, or the time-frequency resources occupied by the two channel formats completely overlap.
  • resource units for example, occupying 1 RB
  • time-frequency resources occupied by the two channel formats completely overlap.
  • the downlink subframe corresponding to the uplink subframe is combined into at least two subsets, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and corresponding uplink channel resources are configured for the two subsets.
  • the sending module 710 is configured to send the downlink control information scheduling data channel to the UE in the following manner: sending the downlink control information scheduling in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set The data channel.
  • the second downlink subframe set is referred to the description in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
  • the foregoing embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including the description of the second downlink subframe set, and the like, is fully applicable to the scheme of the p codebook size and the q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n.
  • the processing module 720 determines the channel resource, when the second downlink subframe set is different from the first subset, the second subset, and the first downlink subframe set, the determined channel resources are different, and the used channel resources are different.
  • the PUCCH format may also be different.
  • the following embodiments based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including the indication method of the resource indication information for the channel resource, are fully applicable to the p codebook size and the q codebook size.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module is the first uplink channel resource
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 720 is The second uplink channel resource
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset (Case 3), the channel resource determined by the processing module is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the n resource unit channel format is a single RB-PUCCH format
  • the m resource unit channel format is a dual RB-PUCCH format.
  • the first uplink channel resource corresponds to a single RB-PUCCH format.
  • the two uplink channel resources correspond to the dual RB-PUCCH format.
  • the feedback information is sent in a small resource format.
  • the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the second subset is used. That is, the feedback information is transmitted in a large resource format.
  • the downlink control information sent by the sending module 710 includes resource indication information, where the resource indication information is used to indicate the first uplink channel resource or the second uplink channel resource that is used to carry the feedback information.
  • the processing module 720 controls the sending module 710 to send downlink control information, and the resource indication included in the downlink control information The information indicates the first uplink channel resource.
  • the processing module 720 controls the sending module 710 to send downlink control information, where the resource indication information included in the downlink control information indicates Two uplink channel resources.
  • processing module 720 is further configured to pre-configure a resource set for the UE by using the sending module 710, where the processing module 720 selects a channel resource from the resource set.
  • processing module 720 is further configured to, by using the sending module 710, configure, in advance, a correspondence between a state of the resource indication information and a channel resource in the resource set for the UE.
  • the processing module 720 further sends the resource indication information by using the sending module 710 after determining the channel resource, and the state of the resource indication information corresponds to the determined channel resource.
  • the resource set configured by the access network device for the UE in advance has the following three implementation manners.
  • the processing module 720 is further configured to send, by the sending module 710, a second uplink channel resource set to the UE, where the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set. And a part of resources of each of the plurality of uplink channel resources in the second uplink channel resource set constitutes a first uplink channel resource set, where the first uplink channel resource is in the first uplink channel resource set. Upstream channel resources.
  • the second uplink channel resource may be independently configured for different uplink subframes, thereby improving scheduling flexibility.
  • different uplink subframes may also be configured with the same second.
  • Upstream channel resources For example, the uplink subframe 2 in the uplink and downlink subframe configuration 2 may be a second uplink channel resource, and the uplink subframe 7 in the uplink and downlink subframe configuration 2 may be another second uplink channel resource. .
  • the channel resource of the m resource unit channel format in the solution includes the channel resource of the corresponding back-off n resource unit channel format on the time-frequency resource, so that the time-frequency resource is not separately reserved.
  • Channel resource of the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format so that the base station does not need to perform blind detection on the channel resource of the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format orthogonal on the time-frequency resource, thereby saving Resource overhead of the uplink control channel, such as PUCCH.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 720 is the second uplink channel resource, and the resource indication information indicates the second uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource determined by the processing module 720 is the first uplink channel resource
  • the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel of the second uplink channel resource set that includes the first uplink channel resource.
  • the resource, or the resource indication information indicates the first uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set.
  • the resource indication information indicates that the second uplink channel resource set includes an uplink channel resource of the first uplink channel resource
  • the processing module 720 is configured to determine a channel resource according to the following manner:
  • the identifier information or the pre-configuration information determines the first uplink channel resource in the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information. How to achieve specific, you can refer to the above Description in the embodiment.
  • the present embodiment also proposes a scheme for preventing the UE from detecting the PDCCH.
  • the receiving module 730 is configured to receive the feedback information in the following manner: the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information in the uplink subframe And receiving the feedback information sent by the m resource unit channel format.
  • the UE may send the feedback information on the part of the uplink channel resource of the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information by using the n resource unit channel format.
  • the receiving module 730 cannot receive the feedback information sent by the UE by using the m resource unit channel format on the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information in the uplink subframe. Therefore, the processing module 720 is further configured to: determine, according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the UE, the first uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information, and control the The receiving module 730 receives the feedback information sent by the n resource unit channel format on the first uplink channel resource.
  • the second downlink subframe set that the base station actually schedules for the UE includes the downlink subframe 4 of the carrier 1 - carrier 6.
  • the downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset.
  • the UE uses the back-off single RB PUCCH format 3 to feed back ACK/NACK, and the base station expects the UE to use the dual RB PUCCH format 3 to feed back ACK/NACK.
  • the channel resources of the single RB and the dual RB PUCCH format 3 can be blindly detected by the base station, that is, the base station needs to detect the channel resource 2 of the dual RB PUCCH format 3 indicated by the resource indication information, and needs to be detected.
  • Channel resource 2 of a single RB PUCCH format 3 in the channel resource 2 of the dual RB PUCCH format 3, and channel resource 2 of the single RB PUCCH format 3 is a back-off PUCCH channel resource of the UE.
  • the processing module 720 can control the receiving module 720 to blindly check the sequence of the feedback information part in the n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format, and/or the reference in the blind detection n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format.
  • the sequence of the signal part For example, the base station may blindly detect sequences of ACK/NACK portions in single RB and dual RB PUCCH format 3, and/or blindly detect sequences of reference signal portions in single RB and dual RB PUCCH format 3.
  • the blind detection n resource unit channel format and the m resource unit channel format may use the same feedback information sequence, or may use different feedback information sequences, and the feedback information sequence may be Time domain orthogonal code and/or frequency domain cyclic shift code.
  • the dual RB PUCCH format 3 and the single RB PUCCH format 3 in the dual RB PUCCH format 3 may use the same ACK/NACK sequence, or may use different ACK/NACK sequences, which may be time domains.
  • Orthogonal code and/or frequency domain cyclic shift code; and/or, the above dual RB PUCCH format 3 and the single RB PUCCH format 3 in the dual RB PUCCH format 3 may use the same reference signal sequence, or may use different
  • the reference signal sequence may be a time domain orthogonal code and/or a frequency domain cyclic shift code.
  • the channel resources of the dual RB PUCCH format 3 in the solution include the channel resources of the corresponding back-off single RB PUCCH format 3 on the time-frequency resource, so that the orthogonal single-RBs on the time-frequency resources need not be separately reserved.
  • the channel resources of the dual RB PUCCH format 3 are such that the base station does not need to perform blind detection on the channel resources of the single RB and the dual RB PUCCH format 3 orthogonal to the time-frequency resources, thereby saving the resource overhead of the PUCCH.
  • the processing module 720 is further configured to: before the determining the channel resource, configuring, by the sending module 710, the first uplink channel resource set and the second uplink channel set, where the first uplink channel resource is the An uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the first uplink channel resource and the second uplink channel resource may be independently configured for different subframes.
  • the uplink subframe 2 in the uplink and downlink subframe configuration 2 may be a second uplink channel resource
  • the uplink subframe 7 in the uplink and downlink subframe configuration 2 may be another second uplink channel resource.
  • the processing module 720 is further configured to pre-configure, by the sending module 710, a correspondence between a state in the first state set and a channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set to the UE.
  • the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, if the channel resource indicated by the resource indication information The downlink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format, the UE is still It is determined that the feedback information is sent by using the second downlink channel resource. Specifically, even if the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframes in the first subset, if the status of the two bits of the resource indication information received by the UE is 10, it indicates that the dual RB PUCCH channel resource 1 is indicated.
  • the ACK/NACK is fed back, so the UE determines to transmit ACK/NACK in the dual RB PUCCH format 3 channel resource 1 using the dual RB PUCCH format.
  • the UE may also find that it has missed the PDCCH scheduling the downlink subframes other than the first subset, because if there is no miss detection, the base station will instruct the UE to use the single RB PUCCH channel resource, considering the second downlink. Only the downlink subframes in the first subset are included in the frame set.
  • the UE finds that the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the single RB PUCCH format 3 is used, and once missed, the base station expects the UE to use the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 to feed back ACK/NACK.
  • the different status indications using the resource indication information are in the single RB-PUCCH format 3 or the dual RB-PUCCH format 3, so that the UE only needs to use the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 when the resource indication information indicates that the UE uses the dual RB-
  • the PUCCH format 3 feeds back ACK/NACK, thereby solving the above-mentioned problem of PUCCH channel resource ambiguity caused by the missed control channel.
  • the processing unit 720 of the access network device is further configured to configure, by the sending module 710, two sets of uplink channel resources, that is, a first uplink channel resource set and a second uplink channel resource set, by using the sending module 710.
  • the first uplink channel resource set includes the channel resources of the four single RBs in FIG. 6, the channel resources of the single RB1, the single RB2, the single RB3, and the single RB4, and the second uplink channel resource.
  • the set includes four dual RB channel resources in FIG. 6, dual RB1, dual RB2, dual RB3, and dual RB4.
  • the four states of the resource indication information indicate a channel resource corresponding to the first uplink channel resource set and/or the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the resource indication information indicates a first uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set; for cases 2 and 3, the resource indication information indicates a second uplink channel in the second uplink channel resource set. Resources.
  • the first uplink channel resource and the second uplink channel resource may be independently configured for different subframes.
  • the access network device needs to perform blind detection on the channel resource corresponding to the channel format of the n resource unit channel and the channel resource corresponding to the channel format of the m resource unit.
  • the processing module 720 is further configured to: in the uplink subframe, the resource indication information refers to Determining, by the receiving module 730, that the feedback information sent by the n resource unit channel format is not received by the receiving the first uplink channel resource, determining the first of the second uplink channel resources of the resource indication information And receiving, by the receiving module 730, the feedback information sent by using the m resource unit channel format on the second uplink channel resource.
  • the base station may blindly detect sequences of ACK/NACK portions in single RB and dual RB PUCCH format 3, and/or blindly detect sequences of reference signal portions in single RB and dual RB PUCCH format 3.
  • sequences of ACK/NACK portions in single RB and dual RB PUCCH format 3 may be blindly detect sequences of reference signal portions in single RB and dual RB PUCCH format 3.
  • the foregoing embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format, including different implementation manners of the scheme in the indication manner of the resource indication information, is completely applicable to the p codebook size and the q codebook.
  • the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format are also applicable to the case where m is equal to n.
  • the processing module 720 determines the first subset and the second subset according to the previous configuration. Moreover, the pre-configuration may be independently configured for different uplink subframes. Moreover, this embodiment is described by taking two subsets as an example, but for the case of multiple subsets, the scheme of the present embodiment can still be adopted. Only different subsets are configured with corresponding uplink channel resource sets.
  • the TDD uplink and downlink subframe configuration 2 is taken as an example, and the downlink subframes associated with different uplink subframes (subframe 2 and subframe 7) in the uplink and downlink subframe configuration are described. The number is the same.
  • the embodiment of the present invention can also be used in other TDD uplink and downlink subframe configuration, such as TDD uplink and downlink subframe configuration 1.
  • TDD uplink and downlink configuration 1 the number of downlink subframes associated with each of the uplink subframe 2 and the uplink subframe 3 is different.
  • the maximum ACK/NACK bits that need to be supported in different uplink subframes may be different. The numbers are different.
  • the uplink subframe 2 needs to feed back 40 ACK/NACK bits
  • the uplink subframe 3 needs to feed back 20 ACK/NACK bits. Therefore, for the uplink subframe 2, there is a need to divide the first subset and the second subset, and for the uplink subframe 3, it is not necessary to divide the subset, and directly use the single RB PUCCH format 3 to carry the ACK/ NACK can be. Therefore, the solution provided by the embodiment of the present invention is independent for different uplink subframes. Specifically, the first subset and the second subset are divided, the m resource unit channel format, and the channel resource of the n resource unit channel format. The configuration of the set, the indication of the resource indication information may be performed independently for different uplink subframes.
  • the channel format such as the PUCCH format 3
  • the resource multiplexing capability can be increased, and the resource reservation overhead is reduced.
  • the channel resources of the single RB-PUCCH format 3 and the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 may overlap on time-frequency resources, such as partial overlap, or the time-frequency resources in which the latter are located include the time-frequency resources of the former, as shown in FIG. 8. Shown.
  • the single RB-PUCCH format 3 and the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 in each slot overlap on the two frequency domain RBs, wherein different single RB-PUCCH format 3 channels can adopt frequency division multiplexing of different RBs, such as The RB composed of the above 12 subcarriers and the RB of the following 12 subcarriers are frequency division multiplexed.
  • the channels of the single RB-PUCCH format 3 and the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 are time division multiplexed by the time domain OCC, such as OCC 0/1/2, OCC 3/4, OCC 0/3/1/ in FIG. 8, and OCC 4/2. Furthermore, the sequences of reference signals used by the single RB-PUCCH format 3 and the dual RB PUCCH format 3 are also different, and the reference signal sequence includes a time domain orthogonal code and/or a frequency domain cyclic shift code.
  • the above embodiment is described by taking the single RB and the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 as an example. Of course, this embodiment can also be applied to the PUCCH format 3 of more RBs. However, the scheme can be extended to PUCCH formats of other resource units, such as PUCCH formats of dual RBs and 4 RBs, or PUCCH formats of different numbers of sub-RBs.
  • the frequency domain width of the sub-RB may be smaller than the frequency domain width of one RB, for example, occupying 4 subcarriers, occupying one time slot or subframe in the time domain; or, the time domain width of the subRB may be less than one time slot, for example, occupying Three time domain symbols occupying 12 subcarriers in the frequency domain, that is, the frequency domain width of one RB; or, the sub RBs occupy a smaller frequency domain width and time domain than the current one RB in both the time domain and the frequency domain. length.
  • the PUCCH format 3 of the single RB and the dual RB in the present embodiment can be extended to the PUCCH format of m resource units and the PUCCH format of n resource units, where m and n are both natural numbers and m>n.
  • the first subset and the second subset may also partially overlap.
  • the UE is configured with 8 TDD carriers, and each carrier is a TDD uplink and downlink subframe configuration 2. If the above-mentioned equal-carrier number is used and the sets do not overlap, the downlink subframes of carriers 1 to 4 are used. 4, 5, 6, and 8 are the first subset, and the downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 5 through 8 are the second subset.
  • the ACK/NACK encoding is performed with the original number of ACK/NACK bits of 16; if the downlink subframes of the first subset and the second subset are scheduled, the original number of ACK/NACK bits is used.
  • ACK/NACK coding is performed for 32.
  • a partially overlapping set division manner may be adopted, that is, the first downlink subframe set is composed of downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 to 5, and the second downlink subframe set is composed of carriers 4 to 8.
  • the downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 are configured.
  • the ACK/NACK encoding may be performed by using the ACK/NACK original number of bits, that is, according to the scheduled number. a subset or a second subset to determine the codebook and the codebook size; if the scheduling of the overlapping portion of the downlink subframe is received, the first subset may be predefined to determine the codebook and the codebook size; if the two sets Both are scheduled to encode ACK/NACK in a manner that the original number of bits is 32, that is, the codebook and the codebook size are determined according to the combination of the first subset and the second subset.
  • the partially overlapping set partitioning can achieve higher ACK/NACK transmission efficiency. Otherwise, if the above non-overlapping set partitioning manner is adopted, the carrier 1 to 5 or 4 to 8 is scheduled. Both must be encoded with a larger 32 original bit number.
  • the embodiment of the present invention further provides an ACK/NACK transmission scheme in which three subsets include a set division and a multi-stage backoff.
  • This embodiment can be combined with the two embodiments described above.
  • the processing module 120 of the UE or the processing module 720 of the access network device controls the corresponding receiving module and the sending module to perform.
  • the second downlink subframe set is still divided into three subsets, and the first subset includes downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 to 5,
  • the second subset includes downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 to 10
  • the third subset includes downlink subframes 4, 5, 6, and 8 of carriers 1 to 15, and the second downlink subframe can be seen.
  • the set includes a first downlink subframe set, and the third downlink subframe set includes a second downlink subframe set, and the current other non-completely included relationship partitioning is not excluded, and the specific method may directly expand according to the foregoing two sets of partitioning methods. .
  • the channel format corresponding to the third subset is a k resource unit channel format, where k>m.
  • the n resource unit is a single RB
  • the m resource unit is a dual RB
  • the k resource unit is a four RB.
  • the UE may determine to use a specific PUCCH channel resource to feed back ACK/NACK according to the resource indication information.
  • the four states included in the 2-bit resource indication information may respectively correspond to different downlink subframe sets.
  • state 00 corresponds to a channel resource of a single RB-PUCCH format 3 of the first subset
  • states 01 and 10 respectively correspond to channel resources of a dual RB-PUCCH format 3 of the second subset
  • state 11 corresponds to three of the third subset.
  • the downlink subframe included in the first subset is represented by subframe i
  • the downlink subframe included in the second subset is represented by subframe i and subframe j, where subframe j is not in the first subset
  • the downlink subframe included in the three subsets Represented by subframes i, j, and k, where subframe k is not in the first subset and the second subset.
  • the ACK/NACK codebook size is determined according to the number of downlink subframes i included in the first subset; if the base station schedules the downlink subframe j or i+j for the UE, but does not schedule the downlink subframe k
  • the resource indication information indicates that the status is 01 or 10, and the UE determines to use the channel resource of the dual RB-PUCCH format 3 indicated by the status to feed back the corresponding ACK/NACK according to the status, and the codebook size of the ACK/NACK at this time Determining according to the number of downlink subframes i and the number of j included in the second subset; if the base station schedules the downlink subframe k or i+k or j+k or i+j+k for the UE, the resource indication
  • the information indication state is 11, and the UE determines to use the channel resources of the three RB-PUCCH format 3 indicated by the state to feed back corresponding ACK/NACK according to the
  • the number of downlink subframes i, the number of j, and the number of k are determined.
  • An embodiment of the channel resource of the PUCCH format 3, which indicates that the resource indication information is different, is also applicable to the other embodiments of the resource indication information.
  • the resource indication information indication 4 The channel resource of the PUCCH format 3 of the three RBs, the UE performs the channel resource of the PUCCH format 3 of a certain three RBs indicated by the resource indication information according to the relationship between the received first downlink subframe set and the three subsets. Fallback transmission of some resources, such as double-RB or single-RB PUCCH format 3 fallback transmission.
  • the foregoing embodiment based on the m resource unit channel format and the n resource unit channel format includes independent configuration of different uplink subframes, overlapping channel resources, overlapping of sets, and three-level fallback, etc., which are completely applicable to the p code.
  • This size and q codebook size scheme is also applicable to the case where m is equal to n.
  • TDD CA TDD CA
  • FDD CA FDD CA
  • FDD+TDD CA FDD CA
  • the scheme is similar to TDD CA.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting feedback information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method corresponds to the embodiment of the user equipment, and the user equipment can perform the method of the embodiment. Therefore, the same content can refer to the foregoing Description of the embodiments, which are not described herein again.
  • This embodiment includes the following steps.
  • Step 901 The user equipment UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device.
  • Step 902 The UE receives a data channel scheduled by the downlink control information.
  • Step 903 The UE determines an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset.
  • the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • Step 904 the UE determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, where the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, where the Two uplink channel resources corresponding to the second subset;
  • Step 905 The UE sends the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the UE uses an n resource unit channel format.
  • the user equipment UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the A subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the UE determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, where the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink channel Resources correspond to the second subset;
  • the embodiment of the present invention divides the downlink subframe corresponding to the uplink subframe into at least two subsets, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and configures corresponding uplink channel resources for the two subsets, Large subsets, using large resource formats to send feedback information, for small subsets, using small resource formats to send feedback information, thereby solving the problem of how to send feedback information when configuring more carriers, and when the instantaneously scheduled carrier When the number is small, the feedback information can be sent back to the small resource format. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the resource overhead while feeding back ACK/NACK.
  • the receiving, by the UE, the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information includes: receiving, by the UE, the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel, where the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the first subset and does not belong to the first subset. Resources; or,
  • the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of downlink subframes and the second subset but does not belong to the first subset of downlink subframes, but does not include the first subset and the In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes only the second subset and does not belong to the downlink subframe of the first subset, and the second downlink subframe
  • the set is similar to the subset of the first subset, and can also be regarded as a subset, and the channel information of the n resource unit channel format is used to send feedback information, that is, the back-off n resource unit channel format is adopted.
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information, and the determining, by the UE, the channel resource, the determining, by the UE, the channel resource used to carry the feedback information according to the resource indication information.
  • the method before the determining, by the UE, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • the partial resources of each of the plurality of uplink channel resources included in the set constitute a first uplink channel resource set, and the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource
  • the UE determines channel resources, including:
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information from the second uplink channel resource set according to the resource indication information; and the UE is configured from the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information Determining the first uplink channel resource; or
  • the UE determines the first uplink channel resource according to the resource indication information, where the first uplink channel resource is a part of resources of an uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the UE determines the second uplink channel resource from the second uplink channel resource set according to the resource indication information. .
  • the UE determines channel resources, including:
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, the first uplink channel resource in the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the UE, where the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information is the The uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the method before the determining, by the UE, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • the second uplink channel resource is an uplink in the second uplink channel resource set Channel resources.
  • the first state set of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set
  • the second state set of the resource indication information indicates the second uplink channel resource set The uplink channel resource, the first state set and the second state set do not intersect.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource
  • the determining the channel resource by the UE includes: the status of the UE in the first state set according to the resource indication information, Determining the first uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel set; or
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource
  • the determining the channel resource by the UE includes: the status of the UE according to the second state set of the resource indication information, from the second A second uplink channel resource is determined for the feedback information in the uplink channel set.
  • the status of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set and/or an uplink channel resource in a second uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource
  • the determining the channel resource by the UE includes:
  • the UE determines that the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset; and the UE determines that the third uplink channel resource is the first uplink channel resource; or
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, the second downlink subframe set as a subset of the first subset; and determining, by the UE, the resource indication information from the first uplink channel resource set according to the resource indication information Indicating the first uplink channel resource;
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource, and the determining the channel resource by the UE includes:
  • the UE determines the second downlink subframe set a downlink subframe that includes only the second subset and does not belong to the first subset; and the UE determines that the sixth uplink channel resource is the second uplink channel resource; or
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, that the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset; and the UE is configured according to the state of the resource indication information from the Determining, in the second uplink channel resource set, the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information; or
  • the UE determines that the second downlink subframe set includes the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset But not including the downlink subframes other than the first subset and the second subset; and the UE determining that the sixth uplink channel resource is the second uplink channel resource; or
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first a downlink subframe other than the subset and the second subset; and the UE determining, according to the resource indication information, the second uplink indicated by the resource indication information from the second uplink channel resource set Channel resources.
  • the method before the determining, by the UE, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set
  • second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information, where the state of the resource indication information includes a first state set and a second state set, where the first state set indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set, where The second state set indicates an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, where the first state set and the second state set do not intersect;
  • the UE determines channel resources, including:
  • the UE determines, according to the resource indication information, the resource indication information indication from the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the second uplink channel resource is the resource indication information indication from the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the UE determines that the channel resource is determined according to the resource indication information, and the channel resource indicated by the resource indication information is the second uplink channel resource, but the second downlink subframe set of the PDCCH that is detected by the UE is A subset of the first subset, which is to indicate that the UE has missed detection, and the UE still uses the second uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information to send feedback information.
  • the part of the time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format and the partial time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format overlap; or the n resource
  • the time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the unit channel format is a part of the time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format; wherein the n-resource channel channel format overlapped by the time-frequency resource
  • An orthogonal code is used with the m resource unit channel format.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the UE, the first subset and the second subset according to a preset configuration.
  • the pre-configuration may be independently configured for different uplink subframes.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a feedback information according to an embodiment, where the method corresponds to the embodiment of the user equipment, and the user equipment can perform the method of the embodiment. Therefore, the same content can refer to the foregoing embodiments. The description is not repeated here. Moreover, the present embodiment is a separate solution of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9 described above, and details can be referred to the description in the above embodiment. This embodiment includes the following steps.
  • Step 1001 The UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device.
  • Step 1002 The UE receives a data channel scheduled by the downlink control information.
  • the UE determines an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset.
  • the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • Step 1004 the UE determines a channel resource, where, when the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink. a channel resource; or, in a case where the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is The second uplink channel resource is included; or the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of the downlink subframe and the second sub The channel resources determined by the UE when the downlink subframes that are concentrated but do not belong to the first subset but do not include downlink subframes other than the first subset and the second subset For the second uplink channel resource;
  • Step 1005 The UE sends the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the UE uses an n resource unit channel format.
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the A subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource, where the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset; Or, in a case that the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe that is not in the second subset and does not belong to the first subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second Upstream channel resource; or, in the second downlink subframe set, the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but not including the first In the case of a subset and a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource;
  • n resource unit channel format For a description of the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format, refer to the description of the foregoing embodiment.
  • Each description in the following embodiments may directly replace the n resource unit channel format with the p codebook size channel format, and replace the m resource unit channel format with the q codebook size channel format.
  • m can be greater than or equal to n.
  • the embodiment of the present invention divides the downlink subframe corresponding to the uplink subframe into at least two subsets, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and configures corresponding uplink channel resources for the two subsets, Large subsets, using large resource formats to send feedback information, for small subsets, using small resource formats to send feedback information, thereby solving the problem of how to send feedback information when configuring more carriers, and when the instantaneously scheduled carrier When the number is small, the feedback information can be sent back to the small resource format. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the resource overhead while feeding back ACK/NACK.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting a feedback information according to an embodiment, where the method corresponds to the embodiment of the user equipment, and the user equipment can perform the method of the embodiment. Therefore, the same content can refer to the foregoing embodiments. The description is not repeated here. Moreover, the present embodiment is a separate solution of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 9 described above, and details can be referred to the description in the above embodiment. This embodiment includes the following steps.
  • Step 1101 The UE receives downlink control information sent by the access network device.
  • Step 1102 The UE receives a data channel scheduled by the downlink control information.
  • Step 1103 the UE determines an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset.
  • the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • Step 1104 the UE determines a channel resource, where, when the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink. a channel resource; or, in the second downlink subframe set, the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but not including the In the case of the first subset and the downlink subframes other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource;
  • Step 1105 The UE sends the feedback information on the channel resource in the uplink subframe by using a channel format, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the UE uses an n resource unit channel format. Sending the feedback information on the first uplink channel resource, or the channel format is an m resource unit channel format, and the UE sends the feedback information on the second uplink channel resource by using the m resource unit channel format, m and n is a natural number and m>n.
  • the UE Determining, by the UE, an uplink subframe for transmitting feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, where the A subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the first uplink channel resource, where the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset; Or, in the second downlink subframe set, the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but not including the first subframe In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource;
  • n resource unit channel format For a description of the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format, refer to the description of the foregoing embodiment.
  • Each description in the following embodiments may directly replace the n resource unit channel format with the p codebook size channel format, and replace the m resource unit channel format with the q codebook size channel format.
  • m can be greater than or equal to n.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and
  • the channel resource determined by the UE is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the second downlink subframe set includes only the second subset and does not belong to the downlink subframe of the first subset, and the second downlink subframe
  • the set is similar to the subset of the first subset, and can also be regarded as a subset, and the channel information of the n resource unit channel format is used to send feedback information, that is, the back-off n resource unit channel format is adopted.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving feedback information according to an embodiment of the present invention, where the method corresponds to the foregoing embodiment of the access network device, where the access network device can perform the method in this embodiment, and therefore, the same content is Reference may be made to the description of the above various embodiments, and details are not described herein again.
  • This embodiment includes as Next step.
  • Step 1201 The access network device sends downlink control information to the user equipment UE.
  • Step 1202 The access network device sends the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information to the UE.
  • Step 1203 The access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second a subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • Step 1204 the access network device determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, and the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, The second uplink channel resource corresponds to the second subset;
  • Step 1205 The access network device receives the feedback information sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the first uplink is The channel resource carries the feedback information of the channel format of the n resource unit, or the channel format is a m resource unit channel format, and the feedback information of the m resource unit channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource, and n is a natural number and m>n.
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the user equipment UE;
  • the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, The first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the access network device determines a channel resource, where the channel resource is a first uplink channel resource or a second uplink channel resource, and the first uplink channel resource corresponds to the first subset, and the second uplink Channel resources corresponding to the second subset;
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is a p-codebook size channel format, and the first uplink channel resource And carrying the feedback information of the p-code size channel format, or the channel format is a q-codebook size channel format, where the second uplink channel resource carries the q-codebook size channel format Feedback information, p and q are natural numbers, and q>p.
  • n resource unit channel format For a description of the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format, refer to the description of the foregoing embodiment.
  • Each description in the following embodiments may directly replace the n resource unit channel format with the p codebook size channel format, and replace the m resource unit channel format with the q codebook size channel format.
  • m can be greater than or equal to n.
  • the embodiment of the present invention divides the downlink subframe corresponding to the uplink subframe into at least two subsets, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and configures corresponding uplink channel resources for the two subsets, Large subsets, using large resource formats to send feedback information, for small subsets, using small resource formats to send feedback information, thereby solving the problem of how to send feedback information when configuring more carriers, and when the instantaneously scheduled carrier When the number is small, the feedback information can be sent back to the small resource format. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the resource overhead while feeding back ACK/NACK.
  • the access network device sends the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information to the UE, where the access network device sends the downlink control in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set.
  • the data channel of the information schedule.
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the first uplink channel. Resources; or,
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the foregoing Two uplink channel resources;
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource.
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the first uplink Channel resource
  • the second downlink subframe set includes a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but does not include the first subset and In the case of a downlink subframe other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink Channel resources.
  • the downlink control information includes resource indication information, where the resource indication information is used to indicate the first uplink channel resource or the second uplink channel resource that is used to carry the feedback information.
  • the method before the determining, by the access network device, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • the access network device sends information of a second uplink channel resource set to the UE, where the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set, and the second uplink channel A part of the resources of each of the plurality of uplink channel resources in the resource set constitutes a first uplink channel resource set, and the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set.
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the first uplink channel resource
  • the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel of the second uplink channel resource set that includes the first uplink channel resource. a resource, or the resource indication information indicating the first uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set; or
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource, and the resource indication information indicates the second uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource that includes the first uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set
  • the access network device determines channel resources, including:
  • the access network device determines, according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the UE, the first uplink channel resource in the uplink channel resource indicated by the resource indication information.
  • the method before the determining, by the access network device, the channel resource, the method further includes:
  • the access network device sends information of a first uplink channel resource set and information of a second uplink channel set to the UE, where the first uplink channel resource is an uplink channel in the first uplink channel resource set
  • the second uplink channel resource is an uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource set.
  • the first state set of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set
  • the second state set of the resource indication information indicates an uplink in the second uplink channel resource set Channel resources, the first state set and the second state set are not in phase cross.
  • the status of the resource indication information indicates an uplink channel resource in the first uplink channel resource set and/or an uplink channel resource in a second uplink channel resource set.
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the access network device is in the uplink subframe Receiving, by the m resource unit channel format, the feedback information on the second uplink channel resource indicated by the indication information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the access network device Determining, by the access network device, the first uplink channel resource in the second uplink channel resource according to the identifier information or the pre-configuration information of the UE, and receiving, by using the n, the first uplink channel resource
  • the partial time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the n resource unit channel format and the partial time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format overlap; or the n resource unit
  • the time-frequency resource of the first uplink channel resource corresponding to the channel format is a part of the time-frequency resource of the second uplink channel resource corresponding to the m resource unit channel format; wherein the n-resource channel channel format and the time-frequency resource overlap
  • the m resource unit channel format uses an orthogonal code.
  • the method further includes: determining, by the access network device, the first subset and the second subset according to the preset configuration.
  • the pre-configuration may be independently configured for different uplink subframes.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of a method for receiving feedback information according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the method corresponds to the foregoing embodiment of the access network device, and the access network device can perform the method in this embodiment. Therefore, the same content can be referred to.
  • the descriptions of the above various embodiments are not described herein again.
  • the present embodiment is a separate solution of the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 12 described above, and the details can be referred to the description in the above embodiment. This embodiment Including the following steps.
  • Step 1301 The access network device sends downlink control information to the UE.
  • Step 1302 The access network device sends the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set.
  • Step 1303 the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second a subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • Step 1304 the access network device determines a channel resource, where, when the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device For the first uplink channel resource; or, in a case where the second downlink subframe set includes only the downlink subframe of the second subset and does not belong to the first subset, the access network The channel resource determined by the device is the second uplink channel resource; or the second downlink subframe set includes the first subset of the downlink subframe and the second subset but does not belong to the first a downlink subframe of a subset, but not including the downlink subframe except the first subset and the second subset, where the channel resource determined by the access network device is the Two uplink channel resources;
  • Step 1305 The access network device receives the feedback information sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the first uplink is The channel resource carries the feedback information of the channel format of the n resource unit, or the channel format is a m resource unit channel format, and the feedback information of the m resource unit channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource, and n is a natural number and m>n.
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the UE;
  • the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, The first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the access network device determines a channel resource, where the second downlink subframe set is the first In the case of a subset of the subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the first uplink channel resource; or, in the second downlink subframe set, only the second subset is included And the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource, or the second downlink subframe set is included in the second downlink subframe set. a downlink subframe in the first subset and a downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but not including downlinks other than the first subset and the second subset In the case of a subframe, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource;
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is a p-codebook size channel format, and the first uplink channel resource And carrying the feedback information of the p-code size channel format, or the channel format is a q-code size channel format, and the second uplink channel resource carries the feedback information of the q-code size channel format, p And q are natural numbers, and q>p.
  • n resource unit channel format For a description of the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format, refer to the description of the foregoing embodiment.
  • Each description in the following embodiments may directly replace the n resource unit channel format with the p codebook size channel format, and replace the m resource unit channel format with the q codebook size channel format.
  • m can be greater than or equal to n.
  • the embodiment of the present invention divides the downlink subframe corresponding to the uplink subframe into at least two subsets, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and configures corresponding uplink channel resources for the two subsets, Large subsets, using large resource formats to send feedback information, for small subsets, using small resource formats to send feedback information, thereby solving the problem of how to send feedback information when configuring more carriers, and when the instantaneously scheduled carrier When the number is small, the feedback information can be sent back to the small resource format. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the resource overhead while feeding back ACK/NACK.
  • the access network device sends the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information to the UE, where the access network device sends the downlink control in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set.
  • the data channel of the information schedule.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing a method for receiving feedback information according to an embodiment, where the method corresponds to the embodiment of the access network device, and the access network device can perform the method in this embodiment. Therefore, the same content can be referred to.
  • the descriptions of the above various embodiments are not described herein again.
  • this embodiment is the above For a separate scheme of the corresponding embodiment of Fig. 12, the details can be referred to the description in the above embodiment.
  • This embodiment includes the following steps.
  • Step 1401 The access network device sends downlink control information to the UE.
  • Step 1402 The access network device sends the data channel scheduled by the downlink control information in a downlink subframe included in the second downlink subframe set.
  • Step 1403 the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second a subset, the first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • Step 1404 the access network device determines a channel resource, where, in a case where the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device Or the first downlink channel resource; or the downlink subframe that includes the first subset of the downlink subframe and the second subset but not the first subset
  • the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource, where the downlink subframe is not included in the first subset and the second subset.
  • Step 1405 The access network device receives the feedback information sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is an n resource unit channel format, and the first uplink is The channel resource carries the feedback information of the channel format of the n resource unit, or the channel format is a m resource unit channel format, and the feedback information of the m resource unit channel format is carried on the second uplink channel resource, and n is a natural number and m>n.
  • the access network device sends downlink control information to the UE;
  • the access network device determines an uplink subframe for receiving feedback information corresponding to the data channel, where the first downlink subframe set associated with the uplink subframe includes a first subset and a second subset, The first subset includes at least two downlink subframes, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset;
  • the access network device determines a channel resource, where, in a case where the second downlink subframe set is a subset of the first subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the First up a channel resource; or, in the second downlink subframe set, the downlink subframe in the first subset and the downlink subframe in the second subset but not in the first subset, but not including the In the case of the first subset and the downlink subframes other than the second subset, the channel resource determined by the access network device is the second uplink channel resource;
  • the access network device receives the feedback information that is sent by using a channel format on the channel resource in the uplink subframe, where the channel format is a p-codebook size channel format, and the first uplink channel resource And carrying the feedback information of the p-code size channel format, or the channel format is a q-code size channel format, and the second uplink channel resource carries the feedback information of the q-code size channel format, p And q are natural numbers, and q>p.
  • n resource unit channel format For a description of the p-code size channel format and the q-code size channel format, refer to the description of the foregoing embodiment.
  • Each description in the following embodiments may directly replace the n resource unit channel format with the p codebook size channel format, and replace the m resource unit channel format with the q codebook size channel format.
  • m can be greater than or equal to n.
  • the embodiment of the present invention divides the downlink subframe corresponding to the uplink subframe into at least two subsets, and the first subset is a true subset of the second subset, and configures corresponding uplink channel resources for the two subsets, Large subsets, using large resource formats to send feedback information, for small subsets, using small resource formats to send feedback information, thereby solving the problem of how to send feedback information when configuring more carriers, and when the instantaneously scheduled carrier When the number is small, the feedback information can be sent back to the small resource format. Therefore, the embodiment of the present invention can reduce the resource overhead while feeding back ACK/NACK.
  • the processing module in all the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may be implemented by at least one processor, where the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), or other general-purpose processors, digital signals.
  • the sending module can be implemented by a transmitter or a transceiver.
  • the receiving module can be implemented by a receiver or a transceiver.
  • the access network device and the user equipment in the foregoing embodiments of the present invention may further include components such as a memory, where the memory may be packaged.
  • Read-only memory and random access memory are provided, and instructions and data are provided to the processor.
  • a portion of the memory may also include a non-volatile random access memory.
  • the memory can also store information of the device type.
  • the processor calls the instruction code of the memory to control the network device in the embodiment of the present invention and other modules in the user equipment to perform the foregoing operations.
  • system and “network” are used interchangeably herein. It should be understood that the term “and/or” herein is merely an association relationship describing an associated object, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously. There are three cases of B alone. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship.
  • B corresponding to A means that B is associated with A, and B can be determined from A.
  • determining B from A does not mean that B is only determined based on A, and that B can also be determined based on A and/or other information.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, which may be electrical, mechanical. Or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated as The components displayed by the unit may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • An integrated unit if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product, can be stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a Read-Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), a disk or an optical disk, and the like.
  • the medium of the program code includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a Read-Only Memory (ROM), a Random Access Memory (RAM), a disk or an optical disk, and the like.

Abstract

本发明实施例公开了一种用户设备、接入网设备以及反馈信息发送方法。其中，该用户设备包括：处理模块，用于确定用于发送反馈信息的上行子帧，以及确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；以及发送模块，用于使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。。

Description

一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法
本申请要求于2014年12月31日提交中国专利局、申请号为PCT/CN2014/095978、发明名称为“一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法”的PCT国际申请的优先权，其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。
技术领域
本发明涉及通信系统领域，特别涉及一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法。
背景技术
长期演进(long term evolution，LTE)系统中，时频资源被划分成时间域维度上的正交频分复用(orthogonal frequency division multiplexing，OFDM)或单载波频分复用多址接入(single carrier–frequency division multiplexing access，SC-FDMA)符号(下称时域符号)和频率域维度上的子载波，而最小的资源粒度叫做一个资源单位(resource element，RE)，即表示时间域上的一个时域符号和频率域上的一个子载波组成的时频格点。LTE系统中，业务的传输是基于基站调度的。基站调度的基本时间单位是一个子帧。一个子帧包括多个时域符号。具体的调度流程是基站发送控制信道，如物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel，PDCCH)或增强PDCCH(enhanced PDCCH，EPDCCH)，该控制信道可以承载数据信道，如物理下行共享信道(physical downlink shared channel，PDSCH)或物理上行共享信道(physical uplink shared channel，PUSCH)，的调度信息，其中，调度信息包括比如资源分配信息和调制编码方式等控制信息。用户设备(user equipment，UE)在子帧中检测控制信道，并根据检测出的控制信道中承载的调度信息来接收下行数据信道或发送上行数据信道。
LTE支持频分双工(frequency division duplex，FDD)和时分双工(time division duplex，TDD)。对于FDD系统，下行和上行在不同的载波上传输。对于TDD系统，上行和下行在同一载波的不同时间来传输。
LTE当前支持7种不同的TDD上下行子帧配置，如表1所示，其中D表示下行子帧，S表示特殊子帧，U表示上行子帧。
表1.LTE系统中TDD上下行子帧配置
Figure PCTCN2015071342-appb-000001
LTE采用混合自动重传请求(hybrid Automatic Repeat Request，HARQ)机制。以下行为例，UE接收到PDSCH之后，如果该PDSCH被正确接收，则UE在PUCCH上反馈确认(acknowledgement，ACK)，如果PDSCH没有被正确接收，则在PUCCH上反馈不确认(non acknowledgement，NACK)。对于FDD，UE在子帧n-4接收到PDSCH之后，会在子帧n反馈ACK/NACK；对于TDD，PDSCH接收与其对应的ACK/NACK反馈的时序关系如表2所示。表2中，第一行数字0-9表示上行子帧n，第一列数字表示上下行子帧配置，第一行数字对应的列中的数字k构成集合K，数字k表示在该上行子帧n中需要反馈下行子帧n-k中的PDSCH所对应的ACK/NACK。例如，当为上下行配置1且n为2时，K＝{7、6}，表示上行子帧2用来反馈n-7和n-6这两个下行子帧上的PDSCH所对应的ACK/NACK，其中，n-7为下行子帧5，n-6为下行子帧6。
表2.TDD系统中PDSCH与其对应的ACK/NACK的时序关系
Figure PCTCN2015071342-appb-000002
LTE还支持载波聚合(carrier aggregation，CA)技术，即基站把多个载波 配置给一个UE来提升UE的数据速率。多个载波在时间域上是同步发送的，UE可以分别检测调度每个载波的PDCCH和PDCCH对应的PDSCH，其中每个载波的具体检测过程与上述单载波情况类似。
LTE系统支持FDD CA，TDD CA以及FDD+TDD CA。对于TDD CA，又分为相同上下行子帧配置的TDD CA和不同上下行子帧配置的TDD CA。CA模式下为UE配置有一个主载波和至少一个辅载波，且承载ACK/NACK的PUCCH只在UE的主载波上发送。CA模式下的PUCCH发送模式包括信道选择模式和PUCCH格式3两种模式。PUCCH格式3模式采用离散傅里叶变换扩展正交频分复用(discrete Fourier transform-spread-OFDM，DFT-S-OFDM)的传输方式，可以传输最多20个ACK/NACK比特，可以支持最多5个载波的TDD CA。例如，以当前网络中主流部署的TDD上下行配置2为例，一个载波的上行子帧2可以支持4个下行子帧的ACK/NACK比特的反馈，5个载波的TDD上下行配置2的CA就是20个ACK/NACK比特。
随着LTE技术的继续演进，将来有可能需要支持更多比特数的ACK/NACK反馈，比如大于20比特。如何反馈更多比特数
例如，引入了更多载波的CA，比如10载波的CA。这样以10个TDD上下行配置2的载波进行CA为例，就需要反馈40比特的ACK/NACK。又如，虽然还是支持最多5载波的CA，但其中多个载波都配置成TDD上下行配置5，例如，主载波是上下行配置2，4个辅载波都是上下行配置5，那么需要反馈4+9*4＝40比特的ACK/NACK。而在采用当前的PUCCH格式3反馈ACK/NACK时，如何能够在反馈更多ACK/NACK比特的同时，降低开销是亟待解决的问题。
发明内容
本发明实施例提供一种一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法，以解决如何在反馈更多反馈信息比特的同时降低开销的问题。
第一方面，本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备，包括：
接收模块，用于接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息，以及接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
处理模块，用于确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述数据信道为所述接收模块接收的数据信道，所述上行子帧关联的第 一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，其中，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；以及
发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道资源为所述处理模块确定的信道资源，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用p码本大小信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用q码本大小信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
本实施例中，p或q码本大小信道格式可以是指该信道格式可以最大支持p或q个码本大小的反馈信息(如，ACK/NACK)的反馈。码本大小指ACK/NACK编码前的原始比特数。具体的，p码本大小对应第一子集，q码本大小对应第二子集，即p码本大小由第一子集中的下行子帧数确定，q码本大小由第二子集中的下行子帧数确定。
可选的，所述p码本大小信道格式占用的信道资源包括n个资源单位，所述q码本大小信道格式占用的信道资源包括m个资源单位，m和n为自然数，且m大于或等于n。这样，p码本大小信道格式也可以看做是n资源单位信道格式，q码本大小信道格式也可以看做是m资源单位信道格式。当m大于n时，下面基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案，后文不再赘述，只需要将后续实施例中的m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，n个资源单位对应到p码本大小信道格式，即将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式。
需要说明的是，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式也可以占用相等数量的资源单位，即，m也可以等于n。具体的该相等数量的资源单位所在的时频资源可以重叠或不重叠。而重叠可以是部分重叠或完全重叠。因此，后续实施例中，虽然都以m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式且m大于n进行说明，但是并不限于此，m可以等于n。
可选的，所述p码本大小信道格式和所述q码本大小信道格式占用相同数 量的资源单位，且所述p码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度大于所述q码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度
对于上述可选的方案，第一方面的实施例提供的用户设备包括：
接收模块，用于接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息，以及接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
处理模块，用于确定用于发送所述接收模块接收的所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，以及确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；以及
发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
在第一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述接收模块是设置为按如下方式接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
在第一方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述接收模块是设置为按如下方 式接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
其中，上述第一种可能的实现方式和第二种可能的实现方式可以作为单独的方案，而不依附于上述第一方面的实施例，如下第二方面和第三方面。
第二方面，本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备，包括：
接收模块，用于接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息，以及在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
处理模块，用于确定用于发送所述接收模块接收的所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，以及确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；以及
发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
第三方面，本发明实施例提供了一种用户设备，包括：
接收模块，用于接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息，以及在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
处理模块，用于确定用于发送所述接收模块接收的所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，以及确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；以及
发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
第三方面的一种可能的实施方式，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第三上行信道资源；所述发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，在所述第三上行信道资源上发送k资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，k为自然数，m>k。
其中，所述第三上行信道资源可以与所述第一上行信道资源相同，此时，k＝n。
需要说明的是，如下第一方面的各个可能的实施方式可以作为所述第二方面和第三方面的可能的实施方式，为了节约篇幅，此处不再赘述。而上述第二方面和第三方面也可以同第一方面一样，可以将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式而成为新的实施例。
结合第一方面第一种可能的实现方式或第二种可能的实现方式或第二方面，或第三方面，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述下行控制信息包括资源指 示信息；所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息确定用于承载所述反馈信息的所述信道资源。
结合第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块还用于，在确定所述信道资源之前，获取所述接入网设备配置的第二上行信道资源集合，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合包括的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第一方面第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；
所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
根据所述资源指示信息从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源；以及，从所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
根据所述资源指示信息从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
根据所述资源指示信息确定所述第一上行信道资源，其中所述第一上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源的部分资源。
结合第一方面第四种可能的实现方式或第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
根据所述用户设备的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，其中，所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
可选的，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述第二上行信道资源。
结合第一方面第三种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上 行信道资源集合和第二上行信道资源集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第一方面第七种可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
结合第一方面第八种可能的实现方式，在第九种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合中的状态，从所述第一上行信道集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合中的状态，从所述第二上行信道集合中为所述反馈信息确定第二上行信道资源。
结合第一方面第八种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第一方面第八种可能的实现方式或第十种可能的实现方式，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第三上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合确定所述资源指示信息指示的第四上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及确定所述第三上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者
确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第一上行信道资源；
或者
所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及根据所述资源指示信息的状态，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源；或者
根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
需要说明的是，本实施方式中的各个参数的配置以及各个步骤的执行，可以参照上文中的实施方式的描述。
在第一方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源；
所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息的状态包括第一状态集合和第二状态集合，所述第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上 行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交；
所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
结合第一方面，或者第一方面第一至第十二种任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十三种可能的实现方式中，
所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或
所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；
其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
结合第一方面，或者第一方面第一至第十三种任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
结合第一方面第十四种可能的实现方式，在第十五种可能的实现方式中，
所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧是独立配置的。
第四方面，本发明实施例提供了一种接入网设备，包括：
发送模块，用于在处理模块的控制下向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息，并在所述处理模块的控制下向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述处理模块，用于控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送下行控制信息，控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，并确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；以及
接收模块，用于在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道资源为所述处理模块确定的，所述信道格 式为p码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用p码本大小信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用q码本大小信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
同上述实施例中，p码本大小信道格式、q码本大小信道格式以及码本大小等含义可以参照上述实施例中的描述。下面基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案，后文不再赘述，只需要将后续实施例中的m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式。
需要说明的是，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式也可以占用相等数量的资源单位，即，m也可以等于n。具体的该相等数量的资源单位所在的时频资源可以重叠或不重叠。而重叠可以是部分重叠或完全重叠。因此，后续实施例中，虽然都以m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式且m大于n进行说明，但是并不限于此，m可以等于n。
可选的，所述p码本大小信道格式和所述q码本大小信道格式占用相同数量的资源单位，且所述p码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度大于所述q码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度
对于上述可选的方案，第四方面的实施例提供的接入网设备包括：
发送模块，用于在处理模块的控制下向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息，并在所述处理模块的控制下向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述处理模块，用于控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送下行控制信息，控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，并确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；以及
接收模块，用于在所述处理模块确定的所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息， 或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
在第四方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述发送模块是设置为按如下方式向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
其中，
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
在第四方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述发送模块是设置为按如下方式向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
其中，
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
其中，上述第一种可能的实现方式和第二种可能的实现方式可以作为单独的方案，而不依附于上述第四方面的实施例，如下第五方面和第六方面。
第五方面，本发明实施例提供了一种接入网设备，包括：
发送模块，用于在处理模块的控制下向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息，并 在所述处理模块的控制下在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
所述处理模块，用于控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送下行控制信息，控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，并确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；以及
接收模块，用于在所述处理模块确定的所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
第六方面，本发明实施例提供了一种接入网设备，包括：
发送模块，用于在处理模块的控制下向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息，并在所述处理模块的控制下在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
所述处理模块，用于控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送下行控制信息，控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，并确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子 集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；以及
接收模块，用于在所述处理模块确定的所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
第六方面的一种可能的实施方式，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第三上行信道资源；所述发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，在所述第三上行信道资源上发送k资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，k为自然数，m>k。
其中，所述第三上行信道资源可以与所述第一上行信道资源相同，此时，k＝n。
需要说明的是，如下第四方面的各个可能的实施方式可以作为所述第五方面和第六方面的可能的实施方式，为了节约篇幅，此处不再赘述。而上述第五方面和第六方面也可以同第四方面一样，可以将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式而成为新的实施例。
结合第四方面第一种可能的实现方式或第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息用于指示用于承载所述反馈信息的所述第一上行信道资源或所述第二上行信道资源。
结合第四方面第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，通过所述发送模块向所述UE发送第二上行信道资源集合的信息，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合中的多个上行信道资源 中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第四方面第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源，或者，所述资源指示信息指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的所述第二上行信道资源。
结合第四方面第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源；
所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源。
结合第四方面第三种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送第一上行信道资源集合的信息和第二上行信道集合的信息，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第四方面第七种可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
结合第四方面第七种可能的实现方式，在第九种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第四方面第四到第七种以及第九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，
所述接收模块是设置为按如下方式接收所述反馈信息：在所述上行子帧中所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源上，接收通过所述m资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
结合第四方面第十一种可能的实现方式，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，
所述处理模块还用于，根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述第二上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并控制所述接收模块在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息；或者
所述处理模块还用于，根据所述资源指示信息，确定所述第一上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并控制所述接收模块在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
结合第四方面，或者第四方面第一至第十一种任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十二种可能的实现方式中，
所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或
所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；
其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
结合第四方面第一到第十二种中任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述处理模块确定信道资源之前，根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
结合第四方面第十三种可能的实现方式，在第十四种可能的实现方式中，
所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧是独立配置的。
第七方面，本发明实施例提供了一种反馈信息发送方法，包括：
用户设备UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集 包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述UE确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，其中，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用p码本大小信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用q码本大小信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
同上述实施例中，p码本大小信道格式、q码本大小信道格式以及码本大小等含义可以参照上述实施例中的描述。下面基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案，后文不再赘述，只需要将后续实施例中的m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式。
需要说明的是，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式也可以占用相等数量的资源单位，即，m也可以等于n。具体的该相等数量的资源单位所在的时频资源可以重叠或不重叠。而重叠可以是部分重叠或完全重叠。因此，后续实施例中，虽然都以m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式且m大于n进行说明，但是并不限于此，m可以等于n。
可选的，所述p码本大小信道格式和所述q码本大小信道格式占用相同数量的资源单位，且所述p码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度大于所述q码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度
对于上述可选的方案，第七方面的实施例提供的反馈信息发送方法包括：
用户设备UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述UE确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上 行信道资源，其中，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用n资源单位信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用m资源单位信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，
所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述UE在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
在第七方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述UE在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
其中，
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
其中，上述第一种可能的实现方式和第二种可能的实现方式可以作为单独 的方案，而不依附于上述第四方面的实施例，如下第五方面和第六方面。
第八方面，本发明实施例提供了一种反馈信息发送方法，包括：
用户设备UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
所述UE在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述UE确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用n资源单位信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用m资源单位信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
第九方面，本发明实施例提供了一种反馈信息发送方法，包括：
用户设备UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
所述UE在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述UE确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者， 在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用n资源单位信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用m资源单位信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
第七方面的一种可能的实施方式，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第三上行信道资源；所述发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，在所述第三上行信道资源上发送k资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，k为自然数，m>k。
其中，所述第三上行信道资源可以与所述第一上行信道资源相同，此时，k＝n。
需要说明的是，如下第七方面的各个可能的实施方式可以作为所述第八方面和第九方面的可能的实施方式，为了节约篇幅，此处不再赘述。而上述第八方面和第九方面也可以同第七方面一样，可以将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式而成为新的实施例。
结合第七方面第一种可能的实现方式或第二种可能的实现方式中，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息；
所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息确定用于承载所述反馈信息的信道资源。
结合第七方面第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述UE获取所述接入网设备配置的第二上行信道资源集合，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合包括的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合 中的上行信道资源。
结合第七方面第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；
所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源；以及，所述UE从所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息确定所述第一上行信道资源，其中所述第一上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源的部分资源。
结合第七方面第五种可能的实现方式，在第六种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
所述UE根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，其中，所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
可选的，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述UE确定信道资源，包括：根据所述资源指示信息从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述第二上行信道资源。
结合第七方面第三种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述UE获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第七方面第七种可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上 行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
结合第七方面第八种可能的实现方式，在第九种可能的实现方式中，
所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合中的状态，从所述第一上行信道集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合中的状态，从所述第二上行信道集合中为所述反馈信息确定第二上行信道资源。
结合第七方面第八种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第七方面第八种可能的实现方式或第十种可能的实现方式，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第三上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合确定所述资源指示信息指示的第四上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及所述UE确定所述第三上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第一上行信道资源；
或者
所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以 及所述UE确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的状态，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源；或者
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及所述UE确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
需要说明的是，本实施方式中的各个参数的配置以及各个步骤的执行，可以参照上文中的实施方式的描述。
在第七方面的第十二种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述UE获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源；
所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息的状态包括第一状态集合和第二状态集合，所述第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交；
所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
结合第七方面，或者第七方面第一至第十二种任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十三种可能的实现方式中，
所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或
所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；
其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
结合第七方面，或者第七方面第一至第十三种任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十四种可能的实现方式中，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：所述UE根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
结合第七方面第十四种可能的实现方式，在第十五种可能的实现方式中，
所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧是独立配置的。
第十方面，本发明实施例提供了一种反馈信息接收方法，包括：
接入网设备向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息；
所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用p码本大小信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用q码本大小信道格式在第二上行信道 资源上发送所述反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
同上述实施例中，p码本大小信道格式、q码本大小信道格式以及码本大小等含义可以参照上述实施例中的描述。下面基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案，后文不再赘述，只需要将后续实施例中的m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式。
需要说明的是，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式也可以占用相等数量的资源单位，即，m也可以等于n。具体的该相等数量的资源单位所在的时频资源可以重叠或不重叠。而重叠可以是部分重叠或完全重叠。因此，后续实施例中，虽然都以m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式且m大于n进行说明，但是并不限于此，m可以等于n。
可选的，所述p码本大小信道格式和所述q码本大小信道格式占用相同数量的资源单位，且所述p码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度大于所述q码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度
对于上述可选的方案，第十方面的实施例提供的反馈信息接收方法包括：
接入网设备向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息；
所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中，所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所 述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
其中，
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
在第十方面的第二种可能的实现方式中，所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
其中，
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
其中，上述第一种可能的实现方式和第二种可能的实现方式可以作为单独的方案，而不依附于上述第十方面的实施例，如下第十一方面和第十二方面。
第十一方面，本发明实施例提供了一种接入网设备，包括：
接入网设备向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息；
所述接入网设备通过第二下行子帧集合中的下行子帧向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧， 其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
第十二方面，本发明实施例提供了一种接入网设备，包括：
接入网设备向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息；
所述接入网设备通过第二下行子帧集合中的下行子帧向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行 信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
第十二方面的一种可能的实施方式，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第三上行信道资源；所述发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，在所述第三上行信道资源上发送k资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，k为自然数，m>k。
其中，所述第三上行信道资源可以与所述第一上行信道资源相同，此时，k＝n。
需要说明的是，如下第十方面的各个可能的实施方式可以作为所述第十一方面和第十二方面的可能的实施方式，为了节约篇幅，此处不再赘述。而上述第十一方面和第十二方面也可以同第十方面一样，可以将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式而成为新的实施例。
结合第十方面第一种可能的实现方式或第二种可能的实现方式，在第三种可能的实现方式中，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息用于指示用于承载所述反馈信息的所述第一上行信道资源或所述第二上行信道资源。
结合第十方面第三种可能的实现方式，在第四种可能的实现方式中，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述接入网设备向所述UE发送第二上行信道资源集合的信息，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合中的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第十方面第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，
所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源，或者，所述资源指示信息指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的所述 第一上行信道资源；或者
所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的所述第二上行信道资源。
结合第十方面第四种可能的实现方式，在第五种可能的实现方式中，
所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，包括：
所述接入网设备根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源。
结合第十方面第三种可能的实现方式，在第七种可能的实现方式中，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述接入网设备向所述UE发送第一上行信道资源集合的信息和第二上行信道集合的信息，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第十方面第七种可能的实现方式，在第八种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
结合第十方面第七种可能的实现方式，在第九种可能的实现方式中，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
结合第十方面第四到第七种以及第九种可能的实现方式中的任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十种可能的实现方式中，
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，包括：所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源上，接收通过所述m资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
结合第十方面第十一种可能的实现方式，在第十一种可能的实现方式中，
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息之后，所述方法还包括：
所述接入网设备根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述第二上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息；或者，
所述接入网设备根据所述资源指示信息，确定所述第一上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
结合第十方面，或者第十方面第一至第十一种任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十二种可能的实现方式中，
所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或
所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；
其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
结合第十方面第一到第十二种中任意一种可能的实现方式，在第十三种可能的实现方式中，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：所述接入网设备根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
结合第十方面第十三种可能的实现方式，在第十四种可能的实现方式中，
所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧是独立配置的。
通过上述实施例，将上行子帧对应的下行子帧结合划分为至少两个子集，并且，第一子集为第二子集的真子集，并为两个子集配置相应的上行信道资源，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息，从而为解决了当配置更多载波时的反馈信息如何发送的问题，且当瞬时调度的载波数较少时，可以回退到小资源格式来发送反馈信息，因此，本发明实施例能够在发送反馈信息，如ACK/NACK，的同时，降低资源开销。
附图说明
图1为本发明实施例的一种应用场景的示意图；
图2为本发明实施例的用户设备的结构示意图；
图3为本发明实施例通过PUCCH格式3反馈ACK/NACK的信道结构图；
图4为本发明实施例的实施方式一中的资源集合配置示意图；
图5为本发明实施例的实施方式二中的资源集合配置示意图；
图6为本发明实施例的实施方式三中的资源集合配置示意图；
图7为本发明实施例的接入网设备结构示意图；
图8为本发明实施例PUCCH格式3的信道资源复用示意图；
图9为本发明一实施例的反馈信息发送方法流程图；
图10为本发明另一实施例的反馈信息发送方法流程图；
图11为本发明又一实施例的反馈信息发送方法流程图；
图12为本发明一实施例的反馈信息接收方法流程图；
图13为本发明另一实施例的反馈信息接收方法流程图；
图14为本发明又一实施例的反馈信息接收方法流程图。
具体实施方式
当前LTE系统中，如果配置了PUCCH格式3的PUCCH发送模式，假设配置了5个FDD下行载波，具体的数据调度和PUCCH信道资源的指示方式如下：
如果UE只收到调度主载波上PDSCH的PDCCH，则使用PUCCH格式1a/1b来反馈ACK/NACK，该PUCCH格式1a/1b的信道资源通过该PDCCH的控制信道单元(control channel element，CCE)标号来隐式对应。如果UE至少收到调度辅载波上PDSCH的PDCCH，则使用PUCCH格式3来反馈ACK/NACK，该PUCCH格式3的信道资源通过调度辅载波上PDSCH的该PDCCH中的两比特字段来显示指示，该两比特可以称为信道资源指示字段。具体的，基站通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)信令为UE预先分配4个PUCCH格式3的信道资源，每次调度使用该4个信道资源中的哪一个，由调度辅载波上PDSCH的该PDCCH中的两比特来指示。
当前的PUCCH格式3模式还支持TDD单载波的ACK/NACK反馈，具体 流程为：如果UE只接收到调度主载波上PDSCH的PDCCH，且该PDCCH中的下行分配索引(downlink assignment index，DAI)字段指示为‘1’，那么使用PUCCH格式1a/1b来反馈ACK/NACK，其中，PUCCH格式1a/1b的信道资源通过该PDCCH的CCE标号来隐式对应；如果UE接收到调度主载波上PDSCH的PDCCH，且该PDCCH中的DAI字段指示的值大于‘1’，那么使用PUCCH格式3来反馈ACK/NACK，该PUCCH格式3的信道资源通过该PDCCH中的两比特字段来显示指示。
上述支持PUCCH格式1a/1b的ACK/NACK传输，是为了降低PUCCH格式3的开销，因为PUCCH格式3在一个RB中只能码分复用5个UE，而PUCCH格式1a/1b在一个RB内可以码分复用最多36个UE，因此尽量降低PUCCH格式3的资源开销。
下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图，对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行描述，显然，所描述的实施例是本发明的一部分实施例，而不是全部实施例。基于本发明中的实施例，本领域普通技术人员在没有做出创造性劳动的前提下所获得的所有其他实施例，都应属于本发明保护的范围。
需要说明的是，在不冲突的情况下，本发明的实施例以及实施例中的特征可以相互结合。
图1示出了本发明实施例的一种应用场景。图1以LTE系统为例进行说明，但本发明实施例并非限于LTE系统。
如图1所示，LTE通信系统包括接入网设备和用户设备，接入网设备可以将多个载波配置给一个UE来提升UE的数据速率，实现CA；也可以给UE只配置一个载波。这里的载波指的是图1中的载波组，一个载波组包括一个上行载波和一个下行载波。例如，图1中，接入网设备给用户设备2配置了两个载波，给用户设备1配置了一个载波。
应理解，在本发明实施例中，用户设备也可称之为终端，终端设备(terminal equipment)、移动台(mobile station，MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal)等，该用户设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network，RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信，例如，用户设备可以是移动电话(或称为蜂窝电话)、具有移动终端的计算机等，例如，可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置，它们与无线接入网交换语言和/或数据。
在本发明实施例中，接入网设备可以是基站、增强型基站、或具有调度功能的中继等。其中，基站可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(evolved Node B，eNB或e-NodeB)，也可以其他系统，例如，LTE系统的演进系统中的基站，本发明实施例并不限定。后续实施例以基站为例进行说明，但是并不表示本发明实施例仅限于基站。
需要说明的是，本实施例的系统中所包括的用户设备和接入网设备所执行的功能详见后续实施例中的描述。
图2示出了本发明实施例的用户设备100的示意性结构图。如图2所示，该用户设备100包括：接收模块110，处理模块120，以及发送模块130。
该用户设备100在通过发送PUCCH格式3反馈ACK/NACK时，可以采用DFT-S-OFDM传输方式。通过PUCCH格式3反馈ACK/NACK的信道结构如图3所示，该信道结构可以由处理模块120实现。具体的，对原始ACK/NACK比特，如20比特，进行里德穆勒(Reed Muller，RM)信道编码后生成48个比特，对编码后的比特进行加扰，将加扰后的比特调制成24个正交相移键控(quadrature phase shift keying，QPSK)符号，分别放到一个子帧的两个时隙中。这样，每个时隙上有12个QPSK符号，并且这12个QPSK符号放在一个时隙的一个时域符号上的12个连续子载波上，即，占用一个资源块(resource block，RB)中的一个时域符号上的12个子载波。然后，针对每个时隙，在时域，用序列w进行长度为5的正交掩码(orthogonal cover code，OCC)扩频，一个时隙占一个RB内的5个时域符号，不同的UE可以在一个RB上通过不同的OCC进行码分复用，其余两个符号用来承载参考信号(reference signal，RS)。然后，对扩频后的进行DFT预编码以及快速傅里叶逆变换(inverse fast Fourier transform，IFFT)。
为了支持大于20比特的ACK/NACK传输，一个方法是扩展当前PUCCH格式3的容量，比如从一个RB扩展到多个RB。具体的，以2个RB的PUCCH格式3为例，这样，上述信道格式中，原始ACK/NACK比特为40比特，并只需要把每个时隙占用的12个子载波扩展成每个时隙占用24个子载波即可，不需要改动时域OCC扩频。这样就可以成比例的使得该双RB的PUCCH格式3支持40个比特的ACK/NACK反馈，进而可以支持更多载波(如10载波)的CA。扩展到3RB或更多RB的方案类似，只需要在频域进行扩展即可。
然而，单RB的PUCCH格式3由于复用能力有限，使得其开销比PUCCH格式1a/1b大，扩展到多RB的PUCCH格式3的开销会更大，因为复用能力较单RB的PUCCH格式3是一样的，但占用的资源却随着RB的扩展而成倍增加。
以双RB的PUCCH格式3为例，假设支持10个载波的CA，即如果调度了10个载波，那么就使用该双RB的PUCCH格式3。但是，给UE配置了10个载波后，具体给UE调度10个载波中几个载波进行数据传输需要考虑多方面因素，并不是每个子帧中10个载波都会被调度的。具体的，调度的载波数可以由当前的业务负载决定。然而，即使有调度需求，还需要考虑PDCCH资源区域的容量，如果该UE的PDCCH的容量已经不够用于调度，那么对应的载波上的数据也是无法调度的。因此，即使给UE配置了10个载波，在某个子帧可能只需要调度一部分载波传输数据。而且，对于一个载波而言，在实际调度中，也不是将所有下行子帧都调度给该UE。因此，可以考虑对PUCCH格式3的开销进行优化，尽量降低开销。
基于单RB的PUCCH格式3扩展到至少两个RB的PUCCH格式3的方案，本发明实施例根据动态调度的下行子帧和/或载波，对PUCCH格式3的开销进行优化。具体提供了如下方案。
用户设备UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述UE确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，其中，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用p码本大小信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用q码本大小信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
其中，p码本大小信道格式是指该信道格式可以最大支持p个码本大小的 ACK/NACK的反馈，q码本大小信道格式是指该信道格式可以最大支持q个码本大小的ACK/NACK的反馈。码本大小就是指ACK/NACK的编码前的原始比特数。具体的，p码本大小对应第一子集，q码本大小对应第二子集，即p码本大小由第一子集中的下行子帧数确定，q码本大小由第二子集中的下行子帧数确定。
可选的，所述p码本大小信道格式占用的信道资源包括n个资源单位，所述q码本大小信道格式占用的信道资源包括m个资源单位，m和n为自然数，且m大于或等于n。这样，p码本大小信道格式也可以看做是n资源单位信道格式，q码本大小信道格式也可以看做是m资源单位信道格式。当m大于n时，下面基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案，此时，如下实施例中的各描述可以直接将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式，将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式。
此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。此时，如下实施例中的各描述也适用于直接将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式，将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式，但此时m＝n，而不限于m>n。
因此，可以选的，一种实施例中，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式占用相同数量的资源单位，且p码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度大于q码本大小信道格式采用的正交码的长度。
后续实施例仅以n资源单位信道格式和m资源单位信道格式，m>n为例进行说明，但是需要说明的是，本发明实施例并不限于此。可以是p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式，q>p，m＝n。
本实施例的用户设备100中，接收模块110和发送模块130与处理模块120耦合，该用户设备100还可以包括存储模块等其他部件。
所述接收模块110，用于接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息，以及接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道。
所述处理模块120，用于确定用于发送所述接收模块110接收的所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，以及确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联 的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；以及
发送模块130，用于在所述处理模块120的控制下，使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
其中，接收模块110通过下行控制信道接收所述下行控制信息，例如，通过PDCCH接收下行控制信息，或者，通过增强PDCCH(enhanced PDCCH，ePDCCH)接收下行控制信息。其中，该控制信道是调度辅载波上的数据信道的控制信道，和/或，该控制信道是调度主载波上数据信道的控制信道。
本发明实施例中的反馈信息可以是ACK/NACK。当然，也可以是其他的反馈信息，这些反馈信息能够表示是否收到所述数据信道的承载数据。
所述处理模块120确定的上行子帧，是根据预先的配置确定的。例如，接入网设备预先会将上下行子帧配置发送给UE，处理模块120能够根据接入网设备预先配置的上下行子帧配置确定用于发送反馈信息的上行子帧。因此，本发明实施例的UE还包括存储模块，用于存储接入网设备给UE发送的预先的配置。
其中，与上行子帧关联的下行子帧即这些下行子帧中被调度的数据信道所对应的ACK/NACK需要在该上行子帧中反馈。这些下行子帧是通过预先配置的下行子帧与上行子帧的时序或定时对应关系确定的，也即根据预先配置的上下行子帧配置确定。例如，可以根据表2确定与上行子帧关联的下行子帧。
本发明实施例将用于反馈ACK/NACK的上行子帧所关联的所有下行子帧称为第一下行子帧集合，该称为第一下行子帧集合包括至少两个子集，即第一子集和第二子集，所述所有下行子帧是为UE配置的所有载波上的配置在该上行子帧上反馈ACK/NACK的所有下行子帧。例如，UE被接入网设备配置了15个载波，并为该15个载波配置了相同上下行子帧配置2(详见表1和表2)，则所述上行子帧为子帧2，与该上行子帧关联的所有下行子帧即第一下行子帧集合包括15个载波上的下行子帧4、5、6和8。本实施例以将第一下行子帧集合包 括两个子集为例进行说明，但是并不限于两个集合。第一子集包括了至少两个下行子帧，且第一子集是第二子集的真子集，即第一子集包含第一下行子帧集合的部分下行子帧。第二子集可以是包含第一下行子帧集合的全部下行子帧，也可以是只包含第一下行子帧集合的部分下行子帧。而对于不属于第二子集的所述第一下行子帧集合中的下行子帧，可以参照本发明实施例中的第一子集和第二子集的方法。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例并不限于上述两个子集，还可以是大于两个，比如，如果为UE配置了15个载波，这些载波对应的下行子帧可以被划分到3个子集，或者4个子集，当然也可以更多个集合。
还需要说明的是，本发明实施例中的子集可以是全集的部分，也可以全集。例如，本发明实施例中，如果A是B的子集，则A可以是包含B的部分元素，也可以是包含B的全部元素。而本实施例中，如果A是B的真子集，则A只能包含B的部分元素。
进一步地，UE可以根据预先的配置确定该第一子集和第二子集。以TDD CA为例，这里假设不同载波上具有相同子帧号的子帧为不同的下行子帧，且TDD特殊子帧可以归为下行子帧，因为特殊子帧上可以传输下行数据但不可以传输上行数据。比如第一子集包括载波1至5的下行子帧4、5、6和8，第二子集包括载波1至10的下行子帧4、5、6和8，可以看到第二子集完全包含第一子集。本实施例还可以包括第三子集，具体包括载波1-15的下行子帧4、5、6和8，即第三子集为为UE配置的在某上行子帧上反馈的ACK/NACK所关联的所有预配置的下行子帧，即为一个全集，也就是上述第一下行子帧集合；但可以看到第一子集与第二子集的关系，与第二子集与第三子集的关系，以及第一子集与第三子集的关系都是结构类似的。因此，本发明实施例的方案可以直接扩展到第二子集与第三子集，以及第一子集与第三子集。当然，本发明实施例还可以采用其他方式，此处不再赘述。
可选的，UE可以通过预配置的规则来确定第一子集和第二子集。而预配置的规则可以有多种，本发明实施例并不限制。
例如，预配置的规则可以是基于预配置规则的一种方式为按照载波序号和帧序号中的至少一种以及结合一个ACK/NACK比特数阈值(比如20比特或21比特或22比特)的确定上述第一子集和第二子集。这样，UE确定第一子集包括 载波1至5的下行子帧4、5、6和8，第二子集包括载波1至10的下行子帧4、5、6和8。上述第一子集的选取方法是先按照时域子帧标号的顺序把载波1的下行子帧选取完，再基于频域载波标号继续选取载波2的下行子帧，一直取到阈值所限定的下行子帧个数；第二子集的选取方式类似于第一子集。又例如，假设上述阈值为10，还是以5个载波且每个载波都为子帧配置2为例，一种集合划分方式为，第一子集包括载波1至2的下行子帧4、5、6和8，以及载波3的下行子帧4和5，第二子集除了包括第一子集的全部下行子帧之外，还包括载波3的下行子帧6和8，以及载波3至4的下行子帧4、5、6和8，此时一个载波上的不同子帧可以被划分到不同的下行子帧集合中；可以看到，该示例中还是按照先时域子帧号再频域载波号的方式来选取第一子集和第二子集。
又如，预配置的规则可以是根据载波和子帧序号以及阈值限制，确定不超过阈值的最大载波数内的下行子帧为某个集合。这种规则中，由于同一载波上的不同子帧不可以划分到多个不完全相交集合中，可能会出现某集合中的下行子帧数少于上述阈值的情况，如，第一子集包括载波1至2的下行子帧4、5、6和8，第二子集除了包括第一子集的全部下行子帧之外，还包括载波3至5的下行子帧4、5、6和8。
又如，预配置的规则还可以按照先频域载波号再时域子帧号的顺序，并结合阈值来选取第一子集和第二子集。
可以看到，预配置的规则可以有很多种，只要能够实现本发明实施例目的的预配置的规则均可以用于本发明实施例中，此处不再赘述。
可选的，UE也可以通过接入网设备发送的信令来确定上述第一子集和第二子集。其中，接入网设备可以将划分规则通过信令通知给UE，也可以直接通知UE第一子集和第二子集。当然，UE还可以通过其他方式确定第一子集和第二子集。
进一步地，本发明实施例中，第一子集对应于第一上行信道资源，发送模块130使用n资源单位信道格式在第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息；第二子集对应于第二上行信道资源，发送模块130使用m资源单位信道格式在第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。每次反馈只使用一种信道格式在相应的信道资源上发送反馈信息。即，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于 小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息。
其中，m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式中的资源单位可以包括资源块(RB)，资源块对(resource block pair)，子资源块，以及子资源块对中的任意一种。例如，如果是RB，就是m个RB，n个RB，其中n可以是1，m为大于1的自然数。子资源块即一个资源块的一部分，子RB的频域宽度可以小于一个RB的频域宽度，比如占用4个子载波，时域上占用一个时隙或子帧；或者，子RB的时域宽度可以小于一个时隙，比如占用3个时域符号，频域上占用12个子载波即一个RB的频域宽度；或者，子RB在时域和频域上都占用相比于当前的一个RB较小的频域宽度和时域长度。子资源块对即一对子资源块。
当m大于n时，上述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括第一下行子帧集合、第一子集与第二子集的描述等，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。具体如下：
当m等于n，即两种信道格式占用的时频资源具有相等数量的资源单位，比如都占用1个RB，或者就是两种信道格式占用的时频资源完全重叠。此时，q码本大小信道格式或m资源单位信道格式可以反馈的ACK/NACK码本大小比p码本大小信道格式或n资源单位信道格式可以反馈的ACK/NACK码本大小多的原因在于，前者采用的正交码的长度小于后者的正交码长度，通过这种牺牲相同时频资源上的复用效率来换取码本大小的提升。
例如，以PUCCH格式3为例，假设两种格式都占用一个RB的PUCCH格式3的时频资源，但p码本大小信道格式的时域正交码的长度为5，即该RB上可以最多复用5个UE的p码本大小信道格式；而q码本大小信道格式的时域正交码的长度假设为2和3，即前两个ACK/NACK符号用长度为2的时域正交码扩频，后三个ACK/NACK符号用长度为3的时域正交码扩频。假设该时隙中其他两个符号用于上行解调导频的传输，此时该RB上可以容纳2个UE的q码本大小信道格式，但该q码本大小信道格式支持的ACK/NACK码本大小为p码本大小信道格式支持的ACK/NACK码本大小的两倍，因为q码本大小信道格式采取了两组时域正交码扩频，其中每组时域正交码的码长均小于p码本大小信道格式所采用的5长时域正交码，而复用能力由两组时域正交码中长度较短的时域正交码的长度决定。对于正交码的长度，假设一组正交码为{(1，1)，(1，-1)}， 此时正交码的码长为2，且码长为2的正交码组中最多有2个正交码；或者假设另一组正交码为{(1，1，1，1)，(1，1，-1，-1)，(1，-1，-1，1)，(1，-1，1，-1)}，此时正交码的码长为4，且码长为4的正交码组中最多有4个正交码。
通过上述实施例，当为UE配置了更多载波时，导致最多的ACK/NACK比特数超过当前单RB-PUCCH格式3的承载能力。本发明实施例通过将上行子帧对应的下行子帧结合划分为至少两个子集，并且，第一子集为第二子集的真子集，并为两个子集配置相应的上行信道资源，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息，从而为解决了当配置更多载波时的反馈信息如何发送的问题，且当瞬时调度的载波数较少时，可以回退到小资源格式来发送反馈信息，因此，本发明实施例能够在反馈ACK/NACK的同时，降低资源开销。
下面将以单RB-PUCCH格式3和双RB-PUCCH格式3为例进行描述，即n为1，m为2。当然，本实施例还可以应用到更多RB的PUCCH格式3。而且，该方案可以扩展到其他资源单位的PUCCH格式，比如双RB和4RB的PUCCH格式，或者不同数量的子RB的PUCCH格式等。因此，可以将本实施例中的单RB和双RB的PUCCH格式3扩展到m个资源单位的PUCCH格式和n个资源单位的PUCCH格式，其中m和n均为自然数且m>n。
这样，本发明实施例中，用于信道编码的模块可以对小资源格式的反馈信息原始比特编码，例如，可以对20比特的ACK/NACK进行编码，也可以对大资源格式的反馈信息原始比特编码，例如，可以对40比特的ACK/NACK进行编码，或对60比特的ACK/NACK进行编码。可以是由一个信道编码器实现，也可以是由多个信道编码器实现。该信道编码器可以是处理器中的单元，也开始是独立的信道编码器。
进一步地，所述接收模块110是设置为按如下方式接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道。
本实施例中，UE在接收到下行控制信息后会根据下行控制信息确定哪些下行子帧被调度，其中，这些被调度的下行子帧构成第二下行子帧集合，该第二下行子帧集合为上述第一下行子帧集合的子集。其中，该被调度的下行子帧可以是一个，也可以是多个，当该被调度的下行子帧是一个时，可以是辅载波上 的下行子帧，也可以是主载波上的下行分配索引(downlink assignment index，DAI)字段取值大于1的控制信道所调度的下行子帧，但不是调度主载波上PDSCH的且DAI字段指示为‘1’的PDCCH对应的下行子帧。
可选的，该第二下行子帧集合还可以是上述上行子帧关联的子帧集合，且该子帧集合是由为当前UE激活的所有载波上的下行子帧组成的。而该UE被实际调度的下行子帧为该激活的第二下行子帧集合的子集。可以理解，上述第一下行子帧集合为发送反馈信息的上行子帧所关联的子帧集合，该第一下行子帧集合是通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)信令配置给UE的；激活的第二下行子帧集合为第一下行子帧集合的子集，是通过媒体接入控制(media access control，MAC)信令配置给UE的；UE被实际调度到的下行子帧为该第二下行子帧集合中的下行子帧。但是，本发明中的实施例都是假设第二下行子帧集合为实际被调度到的下行子帧集合来描述的，但可以同样适用于第二下行子帧集合为上述激活的下行子帧集合的情况。
本实施例中，虽然为UE配置了15个载波，且上行子帧2上最多需要反馈60个比特的ACK/NACK，但某个子帧中为该UE调度的载波数或下行子帧数可以小于上述最大值，比如本实施例中的15个载波的60个子帧。为UE调度的载波数和子帧数具体与UE瞬时的业务负载和控制信道容量等多种因素有关。
所述处理模块120在确定上行子帧后，进一步确定信道资源。其中，当第二下行子帧集合与上述第一子集、第二子集和第一下行子帧集合之间的关系不同时，确定的信道资源是不同的，使用的PUCCH格式也可能是不同的。
当m大于n时，上述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括第二下行子帧集合的描述等，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。
进一步地，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息；
所述处理模块120是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息确定用于承载所述反馈信息的所述信道资源。
需要说明的是，包含有该资源指示信息的下行控制信息中DAI不为1，例如DAI大于1。或者，对于FDD CA系统，由于下行控制信息中没有DAI字段，那么调度主载波的下行控制信息中没有上述资源指示信息，而只有调度辅载波 的下行控制信息中才有上述资源指示信息。
可选的，该资源指示信息可以为下行控制信息中的显式比特，例如，控制信道中的至少一个比特作为资源指示信息，该至少一个比特的不同状态表示采用不同的PUCCH信道资源。可选的，该资源指示信息也可以是隐式的指示方式，例如，控制信道上的不同扰码指示不同的信道资源。具体的，该资源指示信息可以是ACK/NACK资源指示(ACK/NACK resource indicator，ARI)。
当m大于n时，下述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括资源指示信息对于信道资源的指示方法等，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。
对于本发明实施例中的信道资源，具体提供了如下两种方案。
方案一
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
该实施例中，以n资源单位信道格式为单RB-PUCCH格式，m资源单位信道格式为双RB-PUCCH格式为例进行说明，第一上行信道资源对应于单RB-PUCCH格式，第二上行信道资源对应于双RB-PUCCH格式。
在本方案中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下(后文简称情况1)，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源。例如，第二下行子帧集合中包括载波1的子帧4、5、6和8，载波2的子帧4、5和6，以及载波3的子帧4和5，其中，载波1为主载波。本实施例中假设第一子集由载波1-5的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成，因此，上述第二下行子帧集 合为第一子集的子集。在这种情况下，本实施例中采用第一子集对应的第一上行信道资源。即，采用小资源格式发送反馈信息。
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下(后文简称情况2)，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。例如，第一子集由载波1-5的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成，第二子集由载波1-10的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成。第二下行子帧集合中只包括载波6的子帧4、5、6和8，载波7的子帧4、5和6，以及载波8的子帧4和5。即所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧。在这种情况下，本实施例中采用第二子集对应的第二上行信道资源。即，采用大资源格式发送反馈信息。
在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下(后文简称情况3)，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。例如，第一子集由载波1-5的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成，第二子集由载波1-10的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成。第二下行子帧集合中包括载波1的子帧4、5、6和8，载波3的子帧4、5和6，以及载波6的子帧4和5。即所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧。在这种情况下，本实施例中也采用第二子集对应的第二上行信道资源。即，采用大资源格式发送反馈信息
后续说明中，以n资源单位信道格式为单RB-PUCCH格式，m资源单位信道格式为双RB-PUCCH格式为例进行说明，第一上行信道资源对应于单RB-PUCCH格式，第二上行信道资源对应于双RB-PUCCH格式。
进一步地，所述处理模块120根据所述资源指示信息确定用于承载所述反馈信息的所述信道资源时，是从接入网设备预先为UE配置的资源集合中选择的。进一步地，接入网设备预先为UE配置所述资源指示信息的状态与所述资源集合中的信道资源的对应关系。所述处理模块120根据所述资源指示信息确定用于承载所述反馈信息的所述信道资源时，是根据所述资源指示信息的状态从接入网设备预先为UE配置的资源集合中选择的。其中，接入网设备预先为UE配置的资源集合有如下三种实施方式。
第一种实施方式：
接入网设备预先为UE配置第二上行信道资源集合，所述处理模块120还用于，在确定所述信道资源之前，获取所述接入网设备配置的第二上行信道资源集合。其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合包括的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
该方案中的m资源单位信道格式的信道资源在时频资源上包含其对应的回退的n资源单位信道格式的信道资源，这样可以不用单独预留时频资源上正交的n资源单位信道格式和m资源单位信道格式的信道资源，以使得基站不需要在时频资源上正交的n资源单位信道格式和m资源单位信道格式的信道资源上做盲检测，节省了上行控制信道，如PUCCH，的资源开销。
如图4所示，接入网设备预先为UE配置的所述第二上行信道资源集合为图4中的4个大资源，即图4中的4个双RB的信道资源。需要说明的是，本实施例中的4个资源仅仅是示例而已，并不用于限定本发明实施例的范围，本领域技术人员应当了解，接入网设备可以根据需求配置更多或更少的资源。第二上行信道资源集合中的每个元素的一部分组成第一资源集合。例如，图4中的4个双RB的部分资源，即4个双RB中每个双RB中的一个RB组成第一上行信道资源集合。第二上行信道资源是从该第二上行信道资源集合中选取的。即，第二上行信道资源为图4中4个双RB的信道资源中的一个。而第一上行信道资源则是从第一上行信道资源集合中选取的。例如，第一上行信道资源为图4中包含的双RB的信道资源中的一个的单RB的信道资源，例如，可以是图4中第2个双RB信道资源的上半部分RB的信道资源。
这种情况下，资源指示信息的不同状态可以指示第二上行信道资源集合中的不同信道资源。如图4所示，00指示第二上行信道资源集合中的第一个双RB，01指示第二个双RB，10指示第三个双RB，11指示第四个双RB。
在上述情况2或3中，所述处理模块120具体设置为根据所述信道资源指示从所述第二上行信道资源集合确定所述第二上行信道资源。例如，信道资源指示为10，所述处理模块120从该第二上行信道资源集合中确定第三个双RB为第二上行信道资源。
在上述情况1中，所述处理模块120具体设置为根据所述信道资源指示确定所述第一上行信道资源集合中的所述第一上行信道资源，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述信道资源指示上行信道资源的一部分，所述上行信道资源包含在所述第二上行信道资源集合中。或者，所述处理模块120具体设置为根据所述资源指示信息确定所述第一上行信道资源，其中所述第一上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源的部分资源。至于所述第一上行信道资源为所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源的哪一部分，则可以根据UE的标识，预配置信息或者默认设置直接确定。
可选的，处理模块120使用所述信道资源指示的上行信道资源的哪一部分，可以根据默认的设置确定，例如，默认使用上面的RB，或默认使用下面的RB。或者，处理模块120使用所述信道资源指示的上行信道资源的哪一部分，可以根据所述用户设备的标识信息或预配置信息确定。例如，该预配置信息可以是预先通过RRC信令配置的上述上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源中的上半部分或下半部分资源，或者是预先配置的指示信息，用来指示上述上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源中的上半部分或下半部分资源作为所述第一上行信道资源；处理模块120根据该预配置信息，就可以确定上述上半部分或下半部分资源作为上述第一上行信道资源。又如，处理模块120根据所述用户设备的标识信息确定第一上行信道资源时，如果该用户设备的标识信息为奇数，所述处理模块120确定使用所述信道资源指示的上行信道资源的上半部分作为第一上行信道资源；如果该用户设备的标识信息为偶数，所述处理模块120确定使用所述信道资源指示的上行信道资源的下半部分作为第一上行信道资源。反之亦然。当然，处理模块120也可以根据其他方式确定。
本实施方式通过如下示例进一步说明。本实施例中以2比特的资源指示信息为例，且信道格式为PUCCH格式3。UE需要预先被配置该2比特的4个状态的解析情况，比如预先通过接收RRC专有信令获取该2比特的4种状态{00，01，10，11}分别为{双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源1，双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源2，双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源3，双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源4}，即图4中的4个双RB的信道资源。
基于这种预配置信息，如果UE收到第一子集之外的下行子帧中被调度的数据(如上述情况2或情况3)，本实施例中，处理单元120就会用当前状态01指示的双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源2来反馈ACK/NACK。
而如果第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集(如上述情况1)，且此时UE接收到的该2比特为状态01，那么UE就使用该状态01指示的双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源中的单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源来反馈ACK/NACK，具体如图4所示。而具体使用该双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源中的哪部分单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源，可以根据该UE的UE标识信息来确定。该标识信息可以为UE的小区无线网络临时标识(cell-radio network temporary identifier，C-RNTI)。具体确定的方式可以为取模运算，比如根据C-RNTI mod 2＝0或1就可以确定使用哪部分单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源；或者直接使用该双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源中的预配置的一部分单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源，比如通过RRC专有信令进行的预配置。上述单RB PUCCH格式3的确定方式可以使得基站让两个UE分别使用一个双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源中的不同部分单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源，提高了资源的使用效率。
第二种实施方式：
接入网设备预先为UE配置两个上行信道资源集合，即第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道资源集合，所述处理模块120还用于，在确定所述信道资源之前，获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合。所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
如图5所示，第一上行信道资源集合包括图5中的两个单RB的信道资源，单RB1和单RB2，第二上行信道资源集合包括图5中的两个双RB的信道资源，双RB1和双RB2。这种资源集合配置情况下，所述资源指示信息状态可以分为两个集合，即第一状态集合和第二状态集合。其中，第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。以图5所示的例子进行说明，第一状态集合包括00和01，分别指示第一上行信道资源集合中的单RB1和单RB2；第二状态集合包括10和11，分别指示第二上行信道资源集合中的双RB1和双RB2。
进一步地，所述第一状态集合中的状态和所述第一上行信道资源集合中的信道资源的对应关系可以是接入网设备预先配置给UE的。同样的，所述第二状态集合中的状态和所述第二上行信道资源集合中的信道资源的对应关系也可以 是接入网设备预先配置给UE的。接入网设备可以一次将两个对应关系同时配置给UE，也可以分别配置给UE。具体的，接入网设备可以通过无线资源控制(radio resource control，RRC)专有信令将上述两个对应关系配置给UE。
在上述情况1中，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的状态为第一状态集合中的状态时，所述处理模块120是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合中的状态，从所述第一上行信道集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
在上述情况2或3中，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的状态为第二状态集合中的状态时，所述处理模块120是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合中的状态，从所述第二上行信道集合中确定第二上行信道资源。
以下结合图5所示的示例进一步说明本实施方式。本实施例中以2比特的资源指示信息为例，UE需要预先被配置该2比特的4个状态的解析情况，比如预先通过接收RRC专有信令获取该2比特的4种状态{00，01，10，11}分别为{单RB PUCCH格式3信道资源1，单RB PUCCH格式3信道资源2，双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源1，双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源2}。基于这种预配置信息，如果此时UE接收到的该2比特为状态01，那么就确定使用单RB PUCCH格式在单RB PUCCH格式3信道资源2发送ACK/NACK，如图5所示。
本实施方式中，在第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集的情况下，如果所述资源指示信息指示的信道资源为m资源单位信道格式对应的下行信道资源，所述处理单元120仍然确定采用第二下行信道资源发送反馈信息。具体的，即使此时第二下行子帧集合中只包括第一子集中的下行子帧，但如果UE接收到的资源指示信息的两比特的状态为10，意味着指示双RB PUCCH信道资源1来反馈ACK/NACK，因此UE就确定使用双RB PUCCH格式在双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源1发送ACK/NACK。此时，UE也会发现自己漏检了调度第一子集之外的下行子帧的PDCCH，因为如果没有漏检的话，基站会指示UE使用单RB PUCCH信道资源的，考虑到第二下行子帧集合中只包括第一子集中的下行子帧。反之，如果UE发现第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集，就使用单RB PUCCH格式3的话，而一旦漏检，基站会期待UE用双RB-PUCCH格式3来反馈ACK/NACK，但UE其实会用单RB-PUCCH格式3反馈ACK/NACK，因 此会和基站产生理解不一致的问题，进而会造成基站解码ACK/NACK不成功；如果基站把自己认为没有分配给UE的信道资源分配给了其他UE，而当前UE就是用的已经被分配给了其他UE的这个单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源进行的ACK/NACK反馈，还会造成对其他UE的PUCCH格式3的干扰。因此，本实施例中利用资源指示信息的不同状态指示采用单RB-PUCCH格式3或双RB-PUCCH格式3，使得UE只要确定资源指示信息指示采用双RB-PUCCH格式3，UE就用双RB-PUCCH格式3来反馈ACK/NACK，从而解决了上述由于漏检控制信道导致的PUCCH信道资源模糊问题。
第三种实施方式：
本实施方式与第二种实施方式类似，接入网设备预先为UE配置两个上行信道资源集合，即第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道资源集合。不同之处在于，如图6所示，第一上行信道资源集合包括图6中的四个单RB的信道资源，单RB1、单RB2、单RB3和单RB4的信道资源，第二上行信道资源集合包括图6中的四个双RB的信道资源，双RB1、双RB2、双RB3和双RB4。这种资源集合配置情况下，所述资源指示信息的4个状态指示第一上行信道资源集合和/或第二上行信道资源集合对应的信道资源。
这样，所述处理模块120确是设置为按如下两种方式确定信道资源。
方式一：
所述处理模块120根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第三上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合确定所述资源指示信息指示的第四上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及确定所述第三上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述处理模块120根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
所述处理模块120根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从所述第二上行信道资 源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
方式二：
所述处理模块120确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述处理模块120确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及根据所述资源指示信息的状态，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源；或者
所述处理模块120确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
具体的，该实施方式中，如果第二下行子帧集合中只包括第一子集中的下行子帧，那么UE就可以确定要使用单RB PUCCH信道资源。但用哪一个单RB PUCCH信道资源，需要通过资源指示信息的2比特的状态来确定；或者，UE先通过资源指示信息的状态来从第一信道资源集合中确定一个单RB PUCCH信道资源并从第二信道资源集合中确定一个双RB PUCCH信道资源，而最终使用这两个信道资源中的哪一个，可以再通过第二下行子帧集合中只包括第一子集中的下行子帧来确定使用上述一个单RB PUCCH信道资源来发送ACK/NACK。
该方案中，也需要给该UE预配置上述资源指示信息的状态与信道资源集合的对应关系。比如预先通过接收RRC专有信令获取该2比特的4种状态{00，01，10，11}分别为单RB PUCCH信道资源集合{单RB PUCCH格式3信道资源1，单RB PUCCH格式3信道资源2，单RB PUCCH格式3信道资源3，单RB PUCCH格式3信道资源4}或双RB PUCCH信道资源集合集合{双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源1，双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源2，双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源3，双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源4}。具体如图6所示。
当m大于n时，上述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括资源指示信息的指示方式中的方案一，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。也就是说，码本大小信道格式的方案为资源单位信道格式的上位方案。
方案二
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
本方案中，与方案一不同之处在于，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下(即，情况2)，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源。例如，第一子集由载波1-5的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成，第二子集由载波1-10的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成。第二下行子帧集合中只包括载波6的子帧4、5、6和8，载波7的子帧4、5和6，以及载波8的子帧4和5。在这种情况下，该第一子集可以不是一般性的看成是一种第一子集，该第一子集由载波6-10的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成，本实施例中，对于情况2也采用回退的资源格式发送反馈信息。当然，需要说明的是，载波1-5的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成的第一子集与由载波6-10的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成的子集可以配置不同的信道资源集合，也可以配置相同的信道资源集合，但均为小信道格式对应的信道资源集合。
而方案二中，资源集合配置方式以及各种方式中的信道资源确定方式，可以参照方案一中的描述，为了节约篇幅，本文不再赘述。需要说明的是，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块120确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，均可以参照上述方案一的情况1的描述，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，均可参照上述情况2和3的描述。
可选的，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定第一上行信道资源，即使用单RB PUCCH格式3在该第一上行信道资源上发送ACK/NACK。例如，第二下行子帧集合中包括载波6的子帧4、5、6和8，载波7的子帧4、5和6，以及载波8的子帧4和5，可见，第二下行子帧集合中的下行子帧都是辅载波上的子帧。此时方案与第一种情况类似。
在该实施例中，UE在第二下行子帧集合中接收被调度的数据信道之前，还包括：所述UE确定第一子集对应的第一上行信道资源集合和第二子集中除第一子集的第二上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源集合包括单RB-PUCCH格式3的至少一个PUCCH信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合包括的单RB-PUCCH格式3的至少一个PUCCH信道资源。优选的，所述第一上行信道资源集合中包括的单RB-PUCCH格式3信道资源和所述第二上行信道资源集合中包括的单RB-PUCCH格式3信道资源可以完全不同或部分相同，即独立配置。当然，本实施例中，独立配置也包括：第一上行信道资源集合中包括的PUCCH信道资源和所述第二上行信道资源集合中包括的单RB-PUCCH格式3信道资源也可以是相同的。可选的，UE可以通过接收基站发送的RRC信令来获取上述第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道资源集合。
比如，第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道资源集合均包括单RB-PUCCH格式3的2个信道资源，分别为{信道11，信道12}和{信道21，信道22}。调度第一子集中实际被调度的下行子帧的控制信道中的上述资源指示信息的2比特的2个状态用于分别指示信道11和信道12，调度第二子集中除第一子集的实际被调度的下行子帧的控制信道中的上述资源指示信息的2比特的2个状态用于分别指示信道21和信道22。这里，{信道11，信道12}和{信道21，信道22}不完全相同，即要么完全不相同，即完全独立配置；或者部分相同，比如信道11和信道21是同一个信道，但信道12和信道22不同。这样，在多个UE统计复用PUCCH格式3信道资源时可以带来调度灵活性，例如，对于第一子集，由于{信道11，信道12}全部被其他UE占用，{信道11，信道12}无法用于反馈第一子集中的下行子帧对应的ACK/NACK，从而导致无法调度第一子集中的子帧。但由于{信道21，信道22}和{信道11，信道12}不完全相同，而{信道21，信道22}可能没有被其他UE占用，即{信道21，信道22}集合的信道可用，因此，此时可以调度第二子集中除第一子集的子帧。而对于第一子集对应 的资源指示信息另外两个状态指示的双RB PUCCH信道资源13和14，以及对于第二子集中除第一子集对应的资源指示信息另外两个状态指示的双RB PUCCH信道资源23和24，必须完全相同，即双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源13与14相同，23与24相同。
对于此情况下的ACK/NACK码本和码本大小与第一种情况类似，UE确定第二子集中除第一子集的部分对应的ACK/NACK码本大小，并根据该码本大小对ACK/NACK码本进行编码。
可选的，对于上述实施方式二中的资源配置方式，为了防止UE漏检，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，如果资源指示信息指示的是m资源单位格式的信道资源，所述处理模块120确定第二上行信道资源，即使用m资源单位格式，如双RB PUCCH格式3，在该第二上行信道资源上发送反馈信息。具体参见上述实施方式二的描述。
对于此情况下的ACK/NACK码本和码本大小，与上述方案二UE确定第二子集对应的ACK/NACK码本大小类似，并根据该码本大小对ACK/NACK码本进行编码。
而且，本实施例(包括所有实施方式)是以两个子集为例进行说明，但是，对于多个子集的情况，仍然可以采用本实施例的方案。只是不同的子集分别配置对应的上行信道资源集合。
可选的，在上述实施例(包括所有实施方式)的基础上，在一种实施例中，所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或，所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码进行区分，这样可以节省PUCCH的资源开销，即不需要分别预留时频正交的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式。具体的，UE确定第一子集对应的ACK/NACK码本大小，并根据该码本大小对ACK/NACK码本进行编码。如，资源指示信息指示了使用某个单RB-PUCCH格式3的PUCCH信道资源进行ACK/NACK反馈，那么该PUCCH信道就是用于反馈第二下行子帧集合中实际被调度的下行子帧所对应的ACK/NACK，但需要反馈的ACK/NACK的编码前原始比特数，即 码本大小，要根据第一子集中所有下行子帧来确定。该例中，第一子集中包括的所有下行子帧数为20，而实际被调度的第二下行子帧集合中的下行子帧数为9，那么反馈ACK/NACK时需要按照最大的20个比特，即此时的码本大小，来确定编码前的原始比特数，即ACK/NACK码本，且按照载波和子帧序号来排列ACK/NACK比特，其中当前没有被实际调度到的下行子帧对应的ACK/NACK位置上可以填充零来占位。该例中假设单码字调度，即一个下行子帧对应一个ACK/NACK比特；如果是双码字调度，则一个下行子帧对应两个ACK/NACK比特，但该一个子帧对应的两个ACK/NACK可以做空间绑定，即进行逻辑与运算，将两个比特的ACK/NACK压缩为一个比特。
本发明所有实施例中，承载该资源指示信息的控制信道为调度第二下行子帧集合中的第一下行子帧的控制信道，该第一下行子帧为辅载波上的子帧，或者为主载波上的下行分配索引(downlink assignment index，DAI)字段取值大于1的控制信道所调度的下行子帧。具体的，一个载波上子帧的调度顺序决定了控制信道信道中DAI取值的由小到大的顺序，比如主载波上的用于调度子帧4、5、6和8的四个控制信道中的DAI取值分别为1、2、3和4；那么上述第一下行子帧包括载波1的子帧5、6和8，载波2的子帧4、5和6，以及载波3的子帧4和5，即只排除了主载波上DAI取值为1的控制信道调度的子帧4。此外，这些调度第一下行子帧的控制信道中的资源指示信息的状态都必须相同，比如都得是上述状态01，这样UE才不会因为收到不同的资源指示信息所指示的不同状态导致无法确定哪一个PUCCH格式3的信道资源。
当m大于n时，上述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括资源指示信息的指示方式中的方案二，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。也就是说，码本大小信道格式的方案为资源单位信道格式的上位方案。
如图7所示，本发明又一实施例提供了一种接入网设备700，包括接收模块710，处理模块720以及发送模块730。
发送模块710，用于在处理模块720的控制下向UE发送下行控制信息，并在所述处理模块720的控制下向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述处理模块720，用于控制所述发送模块710向所述UE发送下行控制信息，控制所述发送模块710向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，并确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第二下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；以及
接收模块730，用于在所述处理模块720确定的所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
本发明还提供了一种实施例：
接入网设备向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息；
所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述p码本大小信道格式信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述q码本大小信道格式的反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
其中，p或q码本大小信道格式是指该信道格式可以最大支持p或q个码本大小的ACK/NACK的反馈，码本大小就是指ACK/NACK的编码前的原始比特数。具体的，p码本大小对应第一子集，q码本大小对应第二子集，即p码本大小由第一子集中的下行子帧数确定，q码本大小由第二子集中的下行子帧数确 定。
可选的，所述p码本大小信道格式占用的信道资源包括n个资源单位，所述q码本大小信道格式占用的信道资源包括m个资源单位，m和n为自然数，且m大于或等于n。这样，p码本大小信道格式也可以看做是n资源单位信道格式，q码本大小信道格式也可以看做是m资源单位信道格式。当m大于n时，下面基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。也就是说，码本大小信道格式的方案为资源单位信道格式的上位方案。
需要说明的是，为了节约篇幅，本实施例中与上述实施例相同的内容均可以参照上述实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。
进一步地，本发明实施例的发送模块710还用于，将子帧配置信息发送给所述UE，其中，所述子帧配置信息用于确定与第一下行子帧集合关联的上行子帧。其中，所述子帧配置信息是预先发送给所述UE的。该子帧配置信息可以是表2中的上下行子帧配置。这样，UE能够根据该预先的子帧配置信息确定上行子帧。
可选的，本发明实施例的发送模块710还用于，将划分规则发送给所述UE。其中，所述划分规则用于确定所述第一下行子帧集合包含的所述第一子集和所述第二子集。其中，该划分规则可以是上述实施例中的预配置的规则。当然，本实施例中的发送模块710也可以不发送该划分规则，所述接入网设备和所述UE都根据默认的规则确定所述第一集合和所述第二集合。或者，该发送模块710也可以将第一子集和第二子集发送给所述UE。
需要说明的是，第一集合和第二集合与所述第一下行子帧集合的关系，可以参照上述实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。
与上述实施例相同，本实施例中，第一子集对应于第一上行信道资源，接收模块730用于接收在第一上行信道资源上承载的所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息；第二子集对应于第二上行信道资源，接收模块730用于接收在第二上行信道资源上承载的所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。每次只使用一种信道格式在相应的信道资源上接收反馈信息。即，对于大子集，UE是用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，UE是用小资源 格式来发送反馈信息。
当m大于n时，上述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括第一下行子帧集合、第一子集与第二子集的描述等，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。具体如下：
当m等于n，即两种信道格式占用的时频资源具有相等数量的的资源单位，比如都占用1个RB，或者就是两种信道格式占用的时频资源完全重叠。具体参见上述实施例中的描述。
通过上述实施例，将上行子帧对应的下行子帧结合划分为至少两个子集，并且，第一子集为第二子集的真子集，并为两个子集配置相应的上行信道资源，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息，从而为解决了当配置更多载波时的反馈信息如何发送的问题，且当瞬时调度的载波数较少时，可以回退到小资源格式来发送反馈信息，因此，本发明实施例能够在发送反馈信息，如ACK/NACK，的同时，降低资源开销。
进一步地，所述发送模块710是设置为按如下方式向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道。其中，所述第二下行子帧集合参照上述实施例中的描述，此处不再赘述。
当m大于n时，上述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括第二下行子帧集合的描述等，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。
所述处理模块720在确定信道资源时，当第二下行子帧集合与上述第一子集、第二子集和第一下行子帧集合不同时，确定的信道资源是不同的，使用的PUCCH格式也可能是不同的。
当m大于n时，下述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括资源指示信息对于信道资源的指示方法等，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下(情况1)，所述 处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下(情况2)，所述处理模块720确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下(情况3)，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
同样地，本实施例也以n资源单位信道格式为单RB-PUCCH格式，m资源单位信道格式为双RB-PUCCH格式为例进行说明，第一上行信道资源对应于单RB-PUCCH格式，第二上行信道资源对应于双RB-PUCCH格式。
对于情况1，当第二下行子帧集合中只包括第一子集中的下行子帧，则采用小资源格式发送反馈信息。对于情况2和3，即第二下行子集包含所述第一子集之外但属于第二子集的下行子帧的场景，采用第二子集对应的第二上行信道资源。即，采用大资源格式发送反馈信息。
进一步地，所述发送模块710发送的下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息用于指示用于承载所述反馈信息的所述第一上行信道资源或所述第二上行信道资源。具体的，当所述处理模块720确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源时，所述处理模块720控制所述发送模块710发送下行控制信息，该下行控制信息中包括的资源指示信息指示第一上行信道资源。当所述处理模块720确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源时，所述处理模块720控制所述发送模块710发送下行控制信息，该下行控制信息中包括的资源指示信息指示第二上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述处理模块720还用于，通过所述发送模块710预先为所述UE配置资源集合，其中，所述处理模块720从所述资源集合中选择信道资源。
进一步地，所述处理模块720还用于，通过所述发送模块710预先为所述UE配置所述资源指示信息的状态与所述资源集合中的信道资源的对应关系。
这样，所述处理模块720在确定信道资源之后，进一步通过所述发送模块710发送所述资源指示信息，且所述资源指示信息的状态对应于确定的信道资源。
其中，与上述实施例相同，接入网设备预先为UE配置的资源集合有如下三种实施方式。
如上述方案一的第一种实施方式：
所述处理模块720还用于，通过所述发送模块710向所述UE发送第二上行信道资源集合，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合中的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例中，所述第二上行信道资源对于不同的上行子帧可以独立配置，从而提高调度灵活性，当然，不同的上行子帧也可以配置相同的所述第二上行信道资源。例如，对于上下行子帧配置2中的上行子帧2，可以是一种第二上行信道资源，对于上下行子帧配置2中的上行子帧7，可以是另一种第二上行信道资源。
同上述实施例，该方案中的m资源单位信道格式的信道资源在时频资源上包含其对应的回退的n资源单位信道格式的信道资源，这样可以不用单独预留时频资源上正交的n资源单位信道格式和m资源单位信道格式的信道资源，以使得基站不需要在时频资源上正交的n资源单位信道格式和m资源单位信道格式的信道资源上做盲检测，节省了上行控制信道，如PUCCH，的资源开销。
具体可以如图4所示，此处不再赘述。
可选的，所述处理模块720确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的所述第二上行信道资源。
可选的，所述处理模块720确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源，或者，所述资源指示信息指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的所述第一上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源，所述处理模块720是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源。具体如何实现，可以参照上述 实施例中的描述。
考虑到该实施例中的上述方案会受到UE漏检PDCCH的影响，因此，本实施例还提出了一种防止UE漏检PDCCH的方案。
对于信道资源为第二上行信道资源的情况，所述接收模块730是设置为按如下方式接收所述反馈信息：在所述上行子帧中所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源上，接收通过所述m资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
然而，当UE漏检PDCCH时，对于UE而言，可能会采用n资源单位信道格式在所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源的部分上行信道资源上发送反馈信息，这时，所述接收模块730在所述上行子帧中所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源上，不能够接收到所述UE通过所述m资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。因此，所述处理模块720还用于，根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并控制所述接收模块730在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
具体的，比如基站为UE实际调度的第二下行子帧集合包括载波1-载波6的下行子帧4，但由于UE漏检了调度载波6的下行子帧4的PDCCH，导致UE确定第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集，此时UE使用回退的单RB PUCCH格式3来反馈ACK/NACK，而基站却期待UE用双RB PUCCH格式3来反馈ACK/NACK。而解决上述UE漏检PDCCH的问题，可以通过基站盲检测单RB和双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源，即基站需要检测资源指示信息所指示的双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源2，还需要检测该双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源2中的某单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源2，该单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源2为该UE的回退PUCCH信道资源。
所述处理模块720可以控制接收模块720盲检n资源单位信道格式和m资源单位信道格式中的反馈信息部分的序列，和/或盲检n资源单位信道格式和m资源单位信道格式中的参考信号部分的序列。例如，基站可以盲检测单RB和双RB PUCCH格式3中的ACK/NACK部分的序列，和/或盲检测单RB和双RB PUCCH格式3中的参考信号部分的序列。
可选的，上述盲检n资源单位信道格式和m资源单位信道格式可以使用相同的反馈信息序列，也可以使用不同的反馈信息序列，该反馈信息序列可以为 时域正交码和/或频域循环移位码。
例如，上述双RB PUCCH格式3与该双RB PUCCH格式3中的单RB PUCCH格式3可以使用相同的ACK/NACK序列，也可以使用不同的ACK/NACK序列，该ACK/NACK序列可以为时域正交码和/或频域循环移位码；和/或，上述双RB PUCCH格式3与该双RB PUCCH格式3中的单RB PUCCH格式3可以使用相同的参考信号序列，也可以使用不同的参考信号序列，该参考信号序列可以为时域正交码和/或频域循环移位码。此外，该方案中的双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源在时频资源上包含其对应的回退单RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源，这样可以不用单独预留时频资源上正交的单RB和双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源，以使得基站不需要在时频资源上正交的单RB和双RB PUCCH格式3的信道资源上做盲检测，节省了PUCCH的资源开销。
如上述方案一的第二种实施方式：
所述处理模块720还用于，确定信道资源之前，通过所述发送模块710向所述UE配置第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
需要说明的是，本发明实施例中，所述第一上行信道资源和第二上行信道资源对于不同的子帧可以独立配置。例如，对于上下行子帧配置2中的上行子帧2，可以是一种第二上行信道资源，对于上下行子帧配置2中的上行子帧7，可以是另一种第二上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。其中，所述处理模块720还用于，通过所述发送模块710将所述第一状态集合中的状态和所述第一上行信道资源集合中的信道资源的对应关系预先配置给UE。
具体可以参照上述实施例中的描述和图5所示。
本实施方式中，由于资源指示信息的不同状态能够指示不同的信道资源，因此，在第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集的情况下，如果所述资源指示信息指示的信道资源为m资源单位信道格式对应的下行信道资源，所述UE仍然 确定采用第二下行信道资源发送反馈信息。具体的，即使此时第二下行子帧集合中只包括第一子集中的下行子帧，但如果UE接收到的资源指示信息的两比特的状态为10，意味着指示双RB PUCCH信道资源1来反馈ACK/NACK，因此UE就确定使用双RB PUCCH格式在双RB PUCCH格式3信道资源1发送ACK/NACK。此时，UE也会发现自己漏检了调度第一子集之外的下行子帧的PDCCH，因为如果没有漏检的话，基站会指示UE使用单RB PUCCH信道资源的，考虑到第二下行子帧集合中只包括第一子集中的下行子帧。反之，如果UE发现第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集，就使用单RB PUCCH格式3的话，而一旦漏检，基站会期待UE用双RB-PUCCH格式3来反馈ACK/NACK，本实施例中利用资源指示信息的不同状态指示采用单RB-PUCCH格式3或双RB-PUCCH格式3，使得UE只要确定资源指示信息指示采用双RB-PUCCH格式3，UE就用双RB-PUCCH格式3来反馈ACK/NACK，从而解决了上述由于漏检控制信道导致的PUCCH信道资源模糊问题。
如上述方案一的第三种实施方式：
与上述实施例相同，接入网设备的处理单元720还用于，通过所述发送模块710预先为UE配置两个上行信道资源集合，即第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道资源集合。不同之处在于，如图6所示，第一上行信道资源集合包括图6中的四个单RB的信道资源，单RB1、单RB2、单RB3和单RB4的信道资源，第二上行信道资源集合包括图6中的四个双RB的信道资源，双RB1、双RB2、双RB3和双RB4。这种资源集合配置情况下，所述资源指示信息的4个状态指示第一上行信道资源集合和/或第二上行信道资源集合对应的信道资源。
例如，对于情况1，所述资源指示信息指示第一上行信道资源集合中的第一上行信道资源；对于情况2和3，所述资源指示信息指示第二上行信道资源集合中的第二上行信道资源。
同实施方式类似，所述第一上行信道资源和第二上行信道资源对于不同的子帧可以独立配置。
对于该方案，在情况1中，也存在UE漏检PDCCH的可能。为了避免这种情况出现，接入网设备需要n资源单位信道格式对应的信道资源和m资源单位信道格式对应的信道资源进行盲检。
其中，所述处理模块720还用于，在所述上行子帧中所述资源指示信息指 示的所述第一上行信道资源上，控制所述接收模块730没有接收到通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的反馈信息，则确定所述资源指示信息所述第二上行信道资源中的第二上行信道资源，并控制所述接收模块730在所述第二上行信道资源上，接收通过所述m资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
例如，基站可以盲检测单RB和双RB PUCCH格式3中的ACK/NACK部分的序列，和/或盲检测单RB和双RB PUCCH格式3中的参考信号部分的序列。具体可以参照上述实施方式中的描述，此处不再赘述。
当m大于n时，上述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括资源指示信息的指示方式中的方案的不同实施方式，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。
同上述实施例类似，本实施例中(包括所有实施方式)，处理模块720根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。而且，所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧可以是独立配置的。而且，本实施例是以两个子集为例进行说明，但是，对于多个子集的情况，仍然可以采用本实施例的方案。只是不同的子集分别配置对应的上行信道资源集合。
需要说明的是，上述实施例都是以TDD上下行子帧配置2为例进行描述的，该上下行子帧配置中的不同的上行子帧(子帧2和子帧7)关联的下行子帧数是一样的。本发明实施例还可以用于其他TDD上下行子帧配置的情况，比如TDD上下行子帧配置1。对于TDD上下行配置1，上行子帧2和上行子帧3分别关联的下行子帧数是不同的，在载波聚合配置下，这可能会不同的上行子帧中需要支持的最大ACK/NACK比特数是不同的。假设20个TDD上下行子帧配置1的载波进行载波聚合的情况下，上行子帧2最大需要反馈40个ACK/NACK比特，而上行子帧3最大需要反馈20个ACK/NACK比特。因此，对于上行子帧2，有划分上述第一子集和第二子集的需求，而对于上行子帧3，则没有必要划分上述子集，而直接用单RB PUCCH格式3来承载ACK/NACK即可。因此，本发明实施例提供的方案对于不同的上行子帧是独立进行的，具体的，上述第一子集和第二子集的划分，m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的信道资源集合的配置，资源指示信息的指示都可以是对于不同的上行子帧独立进行。
可选的，在一种实施例中，所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道 资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或，所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。具体的参见上述实施例中的描述。这样，能够增加信道格式，如PUCCH格式3的，信道资源复用能力，降低资源预留开销。
例如，上述单RB-PUCCH格式3和双RB-PUCCH格式3的信道资源可以在时频资源上重叠，比如部分重叠，或者后者所在的时频资源包括前者所在的时频资源，如图8所示。每个时隙中的单RB-PUCCH格式3和双RB-PUCCH格式3在两个频域RB上重叠，其中不同的单RB-PUCCH格式3的信道可以采用不同RB的频分复用，如上面12个子载波构成的RB和下面12个子载波构成的RB频分复用。单RB-PUCCH格式3和双RB-PUCCH格式3的信道通过时域OCC来时分复用，如图8中的OCC 0/1/2，OCC 3/4，OCC 0/3/1/，以及OCC 4/2。此外，单RB-PUCCH格式3和双RB PUCCH格式3使用的参考信号的序列也是不同的，该参考信号序列包括时域正交码和/或频域循环移位码。
上述实施例以单RB和双RB-PUCCH格式3为例进行描述，当然，本实施例还可以应用到更多RB的PUCCH格式3。但该方案可以扩展到其他资源单位的PUCCH格式，比如双RB和4RB的PUCCH格式，或者不同数量的子RB的PUCCH格式等。这里，子RB的频域宽度可以小于一个RB的频域宽度，比如占用4个子载波，时域上占用一个时隙或子帧；或者，子RB的时域宽度可以小于一个时隙，比如占用3个时域符号，频域上占用12个子载波即一个RB的频域宽度；或者，子RB在时域和频域上都占用相比于当前的一个RB较小的频域宽度和时域长度。因此，可以将本实施例中的单RB和双RB的PUCCH格式3扩展到m个资源单位的PUCCH格式和n个资源单位的PUCCH格式，其中m和n均为自然数且m>n。
可选的，上述第一子集和第二子集还可以部分重叠。例如，假设UE被配置了8个TDD载波，且每个载波均为TDD上下行子帧配置2，如果采用上述等分载波数且集合不重叠的划分方式，那么载波1至4的下行子帧4、5、6和8为第一子集，载波5至8的下行子帧4、5、6和8为第二子集。这样，如果只调 度了第一子集，那么就用ACK/NACK原始比特数为16来进行ACK/NACK编码；如果调度了第一子集和第二子集中的下行子帧，就用ACK/NACK原始比特数为32来进行ACK/NACK编码。或者，还可以采用部分重叠的集合划分方式，即第一下行子帧集合由载波1至5的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成，第二下行子帧集合由载波4至8的下行子帧4、5、6和8构成，此时如果只有一个集合中的下行子帧被调度，就可以使用ACK/NACK原始比特数为20来进行ACK/NACK编码，即根据被调度的第一子集或第二子集来确定码本和码本大小；如果收到重叠部分下行子帧的调度，可以预定义的使用第一子集来确定码本和码本大小；如果两个集合均被调度就采用原始比特数为32的方式来编码ACK/NACK，即根据第一子集和第二子集的合集来确定码本和码本大小。由于提高了单集合调度的编码原始比特数，就可以使得部分重叠的集合划分达到较高的ACK/NACK传输效率，否则如果采用上述非重叠的集合划分方式，调度载波1至5或4至8时，都必须采用较大的32原始比特数来编码。
本发明实施例再提供一个三个子集相互包含的集合划分以及多级回退的ACK/NACK传输方案。该实施例可以与上述两个实施例结合。具体可以由UE的处理模块120或由接入网设备的处理模块720控制相应的接收模块和发送模块执行。还是以上述15个载波的TDD上下行配置2为例，将第二下行子帧集合还是划分为3个子集，第一子集包括载波1至5的下行子帧4、5、6和8，第二子集包括载波1至10的下行子帧4、5、6和8，第三子集包括载波1至15的下行子帧4、5、6和8，可以看到第二下行子帧集合包含第一下行子帧集合，第三下行子帧集合包含第二下行子帧集合，当前其他非完全包含关系的集合划分也不排除，具体方法可以根据上述两集合的划分方法进行直接扩展。其中，第三子集对应的信道格式为k资源单位信道格式，k>m。本实施例中，n资源单位为单RB，m资源单位为双RB，k资源单位为四RB。
UE可以根据资源指示信息来确定使用具体的PUCCH信道资源来反馈ACK/NACK。具体的，2比特的资源指示信息所包括的4个状态可以分别与不同下行子帧集合对应。比如，状态00对应第一子集的单RB-PUCCH格式3的信道资源，状态01和10分别对应第二子集的双RB-PUCCH格式3的信道资源，状态11对应第三子集的三RB-PUCCH格式3的信道资源。为了方便描述，这里假设第一子集中包括的下行子帧用子帧i表示，第二子集中包括的下行子帧用子帧i和子帧j表示，其中子帧j不在第一子集中，第三子集中包括的下行子帧 用子帧i、j和k表示，其中子帧k不在第一子集和第二子集中。此时，如果基站只为UE调度了下行子帧i，则资源指示信息指示状态为00，UE就根据该状态确定使用该状态所指示的单RB-PUCCH格式3的信道资源来反馈相应的ACK/NACK，此时ACK/NACK码本大小根据第一子集中包括的下行子帧i的个数来确定；如果基站为UE调度了下行子帧j或i+j，但未调度下行子帧k，则资源指示信息指示状态为01或10，UE就根据该状态确定使用该状态所指示的双RB-PUCCH格式3的信道资源来反馈相应的ACK/NACK，此时ACK/NACK的码本大小根据第二子集中包括的下行子帧i的个数以及j的个数来确定；如果基站为UE调度了下行子帧k或i+k或j+k或i+j+k，则资源指示信息指示状态为11，UE就根据该状态确定使用该状态所指示的三RB-PUCCH格式3的信道资源来反馈相应的ACK/NACK，此时ACK/NACK的码本大小根据第三子集中包括的下行子帧i的个数、j的个数以及k的个数来确定。这里只提供了资源指示信息分别指示不同RB数的PUCCH格式3的信道资源的实施例，对于上述利用资源指示信息的其他实施例也是适用的，比如也适用于如下实施例：资源指示信息指示4个三RB的PUCCH格式3的信道资源，UE根据接收到的第一下行子帧集合与三个子集的关系，在资源指示信息所指示的某个三RB的PUCCH格式3的信道资源中进行部分资源的回退传输，比如双RB或单RB的PUCCH格式3的回退传输。
当m大于n时，上述基于m资源单位信道格式和n资源单位信道格式的实施例，包括不同上行子帧独立配置，信道资源重叠，集合重叠，三级回退等，完全适用于该p码本大小和q码本大小的方案。此外，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式还适用于m等于n的情况。
需要说明的是，本发明所有实施例以TDD CA为例进行说明。而除了TDD CA之外，本发明实施例的方案还可以应用于FDD CA以及FDD+TDD CA。方案与TDD CA类似。
图9所示为本发明实施例提供的一种反馈信息发送方法，该方法对应于上述用户设备的实施例，上述用户设备能够执行本实施例的方法，因此，相同的内容均可以参照上述各个实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。本实施例包括如下步骤。
步骤901，用户设备UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
步骤902，所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
步骤903，所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
步骤904，所述UE确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，其中，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
步骤905，所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用n资源单位信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用m资源单位信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
本发明还提供了如下实施例：
用户设备UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述UE确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，其中，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用p码本大小信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用q码本大小信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
其中，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式的描述具体参见上述实施例的描述。如下实施例中的各描述可以直接将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码 本大小信道格式，将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式。且m可以大于或等于n。
通过上述实施例，当为UE配置了更多载波时，导致最多的ACK/NACK比特数超过当前单RB-PUCCH格式3的承载能力。本发明实施例通过将上行子帧对应的下行子帧结合划分为至少两个子集，并且，第一子集为第二子集的真子集，并为两个子集配置相应的上行信道资源，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息，从而为解决了当配置更多载波时的反馈信息如何发送的问题，且当瞬时调度的载波数较少时，可以回退到小资源格式来发送反馈信息，因此，本发明实施例能够在反馈ACK/NACK的同时，降低资源开销。
进一步地，所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述UE在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道。
一种可选的实施例中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
另一种可选的实施例中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。对于本实施例的方案，当在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，与所述第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集类似，也可以将其看成是一个子集，采用n资源单位信道格式的信道资源发送反馈信息，即采用回退的n资源单位信道格式。
可选的，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息；所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息确定用于承载所述反馈信息的信道资源。
可选的，所述UE确定信道资源之前，所述方法还包括：
所述UE获取所述接入网设备配置的第二上行信道资源集合，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合包括的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；
所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源；以及，所述UE从所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息确定所述第一上行信道资源，其中所述第一上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源的部分资源。
其中，对于所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源的情况，所述UE根据所述资源指示信息从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述第二上行信道资源。
所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
所述UE根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，其中，所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
可选的，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述UE获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行 信道资源。
一种实施例中，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
进一步地，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合中的状态，从所述第一上行信道集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合中的状态，从所述第二上行信道集合中为所述反馈信息确定第二上行信道资源。
另一种实施例中，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第三上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合确定所述资源指示信息指示的第四上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及所述UE确定所述第三上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第一上行信道资源；
或者
所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合 只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及所述UE确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的状态，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源；或者
所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及所述UE确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
可选的，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述UE获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源；
所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息的状态包括第一状态集合和第二状态集合，所述第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交；
所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
这种情况下，所述UE确定信道资源是根据资源指示信息确定的，而当资源指示信息指示的信道资源为第二上行信道资源，但UE检测到的发送PDCCH的第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集，这是，说明UE出现漏检，UE仍然使用所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源发送反馈信息。
可选的，所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
进一步地，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：所述UE根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
其中，所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧可以是独立配置的。
需要说明的是，上述实施例中的方案可以单独作为实施例，而不依附于步骤901～905。
图10所示为实施例提供的一种反馈信息发送方法，该方法对应于上述用户设备的实施例，上述用户设备能够执行本实施例的方法，因此，相同的内容均可以参照上述各个实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。而且，本实施例是上述图9对应的实施例的单独方案，细节可以参照上述实施例中的描述。本实施例包括如下步骤。
步骤1001，UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
步骤1002，所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
步骤1003，所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
步骤1004，所述UE确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子 集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
步骤1005，所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用n资源单位信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用m资源单位信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
本发明还提供了如下实施例：
UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述UE确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用p码本大小信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用q码本大小信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
其中，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式的描述具体参见上述实施例的描述。如下实施例中的各描述可以直接将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式，将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式。且m可以大于或等于n。
通过上述实施例，当为UE配置了更多载波时，导致最多的ACK/NACK比特数超过当前单RB-PUCCH格式3的承载能力。本发明实施例通过将上行子帧对应的下行子帧结合划分为至少两个子集，并且，第一子集为第二子集的真子集，并为两个子集配置相应的上行信道资源，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息，从而为解决了当配置更多载波时的反馈信息如何发送的问题，且当瞬时调度的载波数较少时，可以回退到小资源格式来发送反馈信息，因此，本发明实施例能够在反馈ACK/NACK的同时，降低资源开销。
图11所示为实施例提供的一种反馈信息发送方法，该方法对应于上述用户设备的实施例，上述用户设备能够执行本实施例的方法，因此，相同的内容均可以参照上述各个实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。而且，本实施例是上述图9对应的实施例的单独方案，细节可以参照上述实施例中的描述。本实施例包括如下步骤。
步骤1101，UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
步骤1102，所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
步骤1103，所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
步骤1104，所述UE确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
步骤1105，所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用n资源单位信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用m资源单位信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
本发明还提供了如下实施例：
UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述UE确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用p码本大小信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述UE使用q码本大小信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
其中，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式的描述具体参见上述实施例的描述。如下实施例中的各描述可以直接将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式，将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式。且m可以大于或等于n。
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。对于本实施例的方案，当在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，与所述第二下行子帧集合为第一子集的子集类似，也可以将其看成是一个子集，采用n资源单位信道格式的信道资源发送反馈信息，即采用回退的n资源单位信道格式。
图12所示为本发明实施例提供的一种反馈信息接收方法，该方法对应于上述接入网设备的实施例，上述接入网设备能够执行本实施例的方法，因此，相同的内容均可以参照上述各个实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。本实施例包括如 下步骤。
步骤1201，接入网设备向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息；
步骤1202，所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
步骤1203，所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
步骤1204，所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
步骤1205，所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
本发明还提供如下实施例：
接入网设备向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息；
所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述p码本大小信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述q码本大小信道格式的 反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
其中，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式的描述具体参见上述实施例的描述。如下实施例中的各描述可以直接将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式，将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式。且m可以大于或等于n。
通过上述实施例，当为UE配置了更多载波时，导致最多的ACK/NACK比特数超过当前单RB-PUCCH格式3的承载能力。本发明实施例通过将上行子帧对应的下行子帧结合划分为至少两个子集，并且，第一子集为第二子集的真子集，并为两个子集配置相应的上行信道资源，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息，从而为解决了当配置更多载波时的反馈信息如何发送的问题，且当瞬时调度的载波数较少时，可以回退到小资源格式来发送反馈信息，因此，本发明实施例能够在反馈ACK/NACK的同时，降低资源开销。
进一步地，所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道。
一种可选的方案中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
又一种可选的方案中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行 信道资源。
进一步地，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息用于指示用于承载所述反馈信息的所述第一上行信道资源或所述第二上行信道资源。
可选的，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述接入网设备向所述UE发送第二上行信道资源集合的信息，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合中的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源，或者，所述资源指示信息指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的所述第一上行信道资源；或者
所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的所述第二上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，包括：
所述接入网设备根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源。
可选的，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：
所述接入网设备向所述UE发送第一上行信道资源集合的信息和第二上行信道集合的信息，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相 交。
可选的，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
进一步地，所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，包括：所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源上，接收通过所述m资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
进一步地，所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息之后，所述方法还包括：
所述接入网设备根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述第二上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息；或者，
所述接入网设备根据所述资源指示信息，确定所述第一上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
进一步地，所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
进一步地，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：所述接入网设备根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。其中，所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧可以是独立配置的。
需要说明的是，上述实施例中的方案可以单独作为实施例，而不依附于步骤1201～1205。
图13所示为实施例提供的一种反馈信息接收方法，该方法对应于上述接入网设备的实施例，上述接入网设备能够执行本实施例的方法，因此，相同的内容均可以参照上述各个实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。而且，本实施例是上述图12对应的实施例的单独方案，细节可以参照上述实施例中的描述。本实施例 包括如下步骤。
步骤1301，接入网设备向UE发送下行控制信息；
步骤1302，所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
步骤1303，所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
步骤1304，所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
步骤1305，所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
本发明还提供了如下实施例：
接入网设备向UE发送下行控制信息；
所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第 一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述p码本大小信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述q码本大小信道格式的反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
其中，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式的描述具体参见上述实施例的描述。如下实施例中的各描述可以直接将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式，将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式。且m可以大于或等于n。
通过上述实施例，当为UE配置了更多载波时，导致最多的ACK/NACK比特数超过当前单RB-PUCCH格式3的承载能力。本发明实施例通过将上行子帧对应的下行子帧结合划分为至少两个子集，并且，第一子集为第二子集的真子集，并为两个子集配置相应的上行信道资源，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息，从而为解决了当配置更多载波时的反馈信息如何发送的问题，且当瞬时调度的载波数较少时，可以回退到小资源格式来发送反馈信息，因此，本发明实施例能够在反馈ACK/NACK的同时，降低资源开销。
进一步地，所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道。
图14所示为实施例提供的一种反馈信息接收方法，该方法对应于上述接入网设备的实施例，上述接入网设备能够执行本实施例的方法，因此，相同的内容均可以参照上述各个实施例的描述，此处不再赘述。而且，本实施例是上述 图12对应的实施例的单独方案，细节可以参照上述实施例中的描述。本实施例包括如下步骤。
步骤1401，接入网设备向UE发送下行控制信息；
步骤1402，所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
步骤1403，所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
步骤1404，所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
步骤1405，所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
本发明还提供了如下实施例：
接入网设备向UE发送下行控制信息；
所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行 信道资源；或者，在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；
所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为p码本大小信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述p码本大小信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为q码本大小信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述q码本大小信道格式的反馈信息，p和q为自然数，且q>p。
其中，p码本大小信道格式和q码本大小信道格式的描述具体参见上述实施例的描述。如下实施例中的各描述可以直接将n资源单位信道格式替换为p码本大小信道格式，将m资源单位信道格式替换为q码本大小信道格式。且m可以大于或等于n。
通过上述实施例，当为UE配置了更多载波时，导致最多的ACK/NACK比特数超过当前单RB-PUCCH格式3的承载能力。本发明实施例通过将上行子帧对应的下行子帧结合划分为至少两个子集，并且，第一子集为第二子集的真子集，并为两个子集配置相应的上行信道资源，对于大子集，用大资源格式来发送反馈信息，对于小子集，用小资源格式来发送反馈信息，从而为解决了当配置更多载波时的反馈信息如何发送的问题，且当瞬时调度的载波数较少时，可以回退到小资源格式来发送反馈信息，因此，本发明实施例能够在反馈ACK/NACK的同时，降低资源开销。
需要说明的是，本发明上述所有实施例中的处理模块可以由至少一个处理器实现，这里处理器可以是一个中央处理器(central processing unit，CPU)，还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital singal processor，DSP)、专用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit，ASIC)、现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array，FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。发送模块可以由发送器实现，也可以是收发器实现。接收模块可以由接收器实现，也可以是收发器实现。此外，本发明上述实施例中的接入网设备和用户设备还可以包括存储器等部件，这里存储器可以包 括只读存储器和随机存取存储器，并向处理器提供指令和数据。存储器的一部分还可以包括非易失性随机存取存储器。例如，存储器还可以存储设备类型的信息。处理器调用存储器的指令代码，控制本发明实施例中的网络设备和用户设备中的其他模块执行上述操作。
应理解，说明书通篇中提到的“一个实施例”或“一实施例”意味着与实施例有关的特定特征、结构或特性包括在本发明的至少一个实施例中。因此，在整个说明书各处出现的“在一个实施例中”或“在一实施例中”未必一定指相同的实施例。此外，这些特定的特征、结构或特性可以任意适合的方式结合在一个或多个实施例中。
在本发明的各种实施例中，应理解，上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后，各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定，而不应对本发明实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。
另外，本文中术语“系统”和“网络”在本文中常可互换使用。应理解，本文中术语“和/或”，仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系，表示可以存在三种关系，例如，A和/或B，可以表示：单独存在A，同时存在A和B，单独存在B这三种情况。另外，本文中字符“/”，一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。
在本申请所提供的实施例中，应理解，“与A相应的B”表示B与A相关联，根据A可以确定B。但还应理解，根据A确定B并不意味着仅仅根据A确定B，还可以根据A和/或其它信息确定B。
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到，结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤，能够以电子硬件、计算机软件或者二者的结合来实现，为了清楚地说明硬件和软件的可互换性，在上述说明中已经按照功能一般性地描述了各示例的组成及步骤。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行，取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能，但是这种实现不应认为超出本发明的范围。
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中，所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口，装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接，可以是电性，机械或其它的形式。
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的，作为 单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元，即可以位于一个地方，或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。
集成的单元如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时，可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解，本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来，该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中，包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机，服务器，或者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括：U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory，简称为ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory，简称为RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。
以上所述，仅为本发明的具体实施方式，但本发明的保护范围并不局限于此，任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本发明揭露的技术范围内，可轻易想到变化或替换，都应涵盖在本发明的保护范围之内。因此，本发明的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。

Claims (62)

  1. 一种用户设备，其特征在于，包括：
    接收模块，用于接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息，以及接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
    处理模块，用于确定用于发送所述接收模块接收的所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，以及确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；以及
    发送模块，用于在所述处理模块的控制下，使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
  2. 如权利要求1所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述接收模块是设置为按如下方式接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
    其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
    在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
  3. 如权利要求1所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述接收模块是设置为按如下方式接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
    其中，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
  4. 如权利要求2或3所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息；
    所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息确定用于承载所述反馈信息的所述信道资源。
  5. 如权利要求4所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块还用于，在确定所述信道资源之前，获取所述接入网设备配置的第二上行信道资源集合，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合包括的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  6. 如权利要求5所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；
    所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
    根据所述资源指示信息从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源；以及，从所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    根据所述资源指示信息从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
    根据所述资源指示信息确定所述第一上行信道资源，其中所述第一上行信 道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源的部分资源。
  7. 如权利要求5或6所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
    根据所述用户设备的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，其中，所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  8. 如权利要求4所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道资源集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  9. 如权利要求8所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
  10. 如权利要求9所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合中的状态，从所述第一上行信道集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
    所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：根据所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合中的状态，从所述第二上行信道集合中为所述反馈信息确定第二上行信道资源。
  11. 如权利要求9所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  12. 如权利要求9或11所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
    根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第三上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合确定所述资源指示信息指示的第四上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及确定所述第三上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者
    确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第一上行信道资源；
    或者
    所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
    根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
    确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及根据所述资源指示信息的状态，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源；或者
    根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
    确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
  13. 如权利要求1所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块还用于， 确定信道资源之前，获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源；
    所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息的状态包括第一状态集合和第二状态集合，所述第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交；
    所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
  14. 如权利要求1至13中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或
    所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；
    其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
  15. 如权利要求1至14中任一项所述的用户设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
  16. 如权利要求15所述的用户设备，其特征在于，
    所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧是独立配置的。
  17. 一种接入网设备，其特征在于，包括：
    发送模块，用于在处理模块的控制下向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息，并在所述处理模块的控制下向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
    所述处理模块，用于控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送下行控制信息，控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，并确定信道资源，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至 少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；以及
    接收模块，用于在所述处理模块确定的所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
  18. 如权利要求17所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述发送模块是设置为按如下方式向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
    其中，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
  19. 如权利要求17所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述发送模块是设置为按如下方式向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道：在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
    其中，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
  20. 如权利要求18或19所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息用于指示用于承载所述反馈信息的所述第一上行信道资源或所述第二上行信道资源。
  21. 如权利要求20所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，通过所述发送模块向所述UE发送第二上行信道资源集合的信息，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合中的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  22. 如权利要求21所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源，或者，所述资源指示信息指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的所述第一上行信道资源；或者
    所述处理模块确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的所述第二上行信道资源。
  23. 如权利要求22所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源；
    所述处理模块是设置为按如下方式确定信道资源：
    根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源。
  24. 如权利要求20所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块还用于，确定信道资源之前，控制所述发送模块向所述UE发送第一上行信道资源集合的信息和第二上行信道集合的信息，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上 行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  25. 如权利要求24所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
  26. 如权利要求24所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  27. 如权利要求21至24中任一项或26所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述接收模块是设置为按如下方式接收所述反馈信息：在所述上行子帧中所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源上，接收通过所述m资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
  28. 如权利要求28所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述处理模块还用于，根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述第二上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并控制所述接收模块在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息；或者
    所述处理模块还用于，根据所述资源指示信息，确定所述第一上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并控制所述接收模块在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
  29. 如权利要求17至28中任一项所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或
    所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；
    其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
  30. 如权利要求18至29中任一项所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，所述处理模块确定信道资源之前，根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
  31. 如权利要求30所述的接入网设备，其特征在于，
    所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧是独立配置的。
  32. 一种反馈信息发送方法，其特征在于，包括：
    用户设备UE接收接入网设备发送的下行控制信息；
    所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
    所述UE确定用于发送所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
    所述UE确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，其中，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
    所述UE使用信道格式在所述上行子帧中的所述信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用n资源单位信道格式在第一上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述UE使用m资源单位信道格式在第二上行信道资源上发送所述反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
  33. 如权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述UE在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
    其中，在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
    在第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
  34. 如权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述UE接收所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述UE在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中接收所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
    其中，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
  35. 如权利要求33或34所述的方法，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息；
    所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息确定用于承载所述反馈信息的信道资源。
  36. 如权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：
    所述UE获取所述接入网设备配置的第二上行信道资源集合，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合包括的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  37. 如权利要求36所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；
    所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
    所述UE根据所述资源指示信息从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源；以及，所述UE从所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    所述UE根据所述资源指示信息从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
    所述UE根据所述资源指示信息确定所述第一上行信道资源，其中所述第一 上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源的部分资源。
  38. 如权利要求37所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
    所述UE根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，其中，所述资源指示信息指示的上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  39. 如权利要求35所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：
    所述UE获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  40. 如权利要求39所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
  41. 如权利要求40所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合中的状态，从所述第一上行信道集合中确定所述第一上行信道资源；或者
    所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合中的状态，从所述第二上行信道集合中为所述反馈信息确定第二上行信道资源。
  42. 如权利要求40所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  43. 如权利要求40或42所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道 资源，包括：
    所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第三上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合确定所述资源指示信息指示的第四上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及所述UE确定所述第三上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者
    所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第一上行信道资源；
    或者
    所述UE确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
    所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及所述UE确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
    所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息的状态，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源；或者
    所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第一上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第五上行信道资源以及从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的第六上行信道资源；所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及所述UE确定所述第六上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者
    所述UE确定所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和 所述第二子集之外的下行子帧；以及所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
  44. 如权利要求32所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：
    所述UE获取所述接入网设备预先配置的第一上行信道资源集合和第二上行信道集合，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源；
    所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息的状态包括第一状态集合和第二状态集合，所述第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交；
    所述UE确定信道资源，包括：
    在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述UE根据所述资源指示信息，从所述第二上行信道资源集合中确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源。
  45. 如权利要求32至44中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或
    所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；
    其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
  46. 如权利要求32至45中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述UE确定信道资源之前，还包括：所述UE根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
  47. 如权利要求46所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧是独立配置的。
  48. 一种反馈信息接收方法，其特征在于，包括：
    接入网设备向用户设备UE发送下行控制信息；
    所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道；
    所述接入网设备确定用于接收所述数据信道对应的反馈信息的上行子帧，其中，所述上行子帧关联的第一下行子帧集合包括第一子集和第二子集，所述第一子集包括至少两个下行子帧，所述第一子集为所述第二子集的真子集；
    所述接入网设备确定信道资源，其中，所述信道资源为第一上行信道资源或第二上行信道资源，所述第一上行信道资源对应于所述第一子集，所述第二上行信道资源对应于所述第二子集；
    所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，其中，所述信道格式为n资源单位信道格式，所述第一上行信道资源上承载所述n资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，或者，所述信道格式为m资源单位信道格式，所述第二上行信道资源上承载所述m资源单位信道格式的反馈信息，m和n为自然数，且m>n。
  49. 如权利要求48所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括：所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
    其中，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合只包括所述第二子集中且不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
  50. 如权利要求48所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述接入网设备向所述UE发送所述下行控制信息调度的数据信道，包括： 所述接入网设备在第二下行子帧集合包括的下行子帧中发送所述下行控制信息调度的所述数据信道；
    其中，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合为所述第一子集的子集的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源；或者，
    在所述第二下行子帧集合包括所述第一子集中下行子帧和所述第二子集中但不属于所述第一子集的下行子帧，但不包括所述第一子集和所述第二子集之外的下行子帧的情况下，所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源。
  51. 如权利要求49或50所述的方法，其特征在于，所述下行控制信息包括资源指示信息，所述资源指示信息用于指示用于承载所述反馈信息的所述第一上行信道资源或所述第二上行信道资源。
  52. 如权利要求51所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：
    所述接入网设备向所述UE发送第二上行信道资源集合的信息，其中，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源集合中的多个上行信道资源中每个上行信道资源的部分资源组成第一上行信道资源集合，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  53. 如权利要求52所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源，或者，所述资源指示信息指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的所述第一上行信道资源；或者
    所述接入网设备确定的所述信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的所述第二上行信道资源。
  54. 如权利要求53所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的包含所述第一上行信道资源的上行信道资源；
    所述接入网设备确定信道资源，包括：
    所述接入网设备根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述资源指示信息指示的所述上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源。
  55. 如权利要求51所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：
    所述接入网设备向所述UE发送第一上行信道资源集合的信息和第二上行信道集合的信息，其中，所述第一上行信道资源为所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第二上行信道资源为所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  56. 如权利要求55所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息的第一状态集合指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述资源指示信息的第二状态集合指示所述第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源，所述第一状态集合和所述第二状态集合不相交。
  57. 如权利要求55所述的方法，其特征在于，所述资源指示信息的状态指示所述第一上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源和/或第二上行信道资源集合中的上行信道资源。
  58. 如权利要求52至53中任一项或57所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息，包括：所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述资源指示信息指示的所述第二上行信道资源上，接收通过所述m资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
  59. 如权利要求58所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述接入网设备在所述上行子帧中所述信道资源上接收通过信道格式发送的所述反馈信息之后，所述方法还包括：
    所述接入网设备根据所述UE的标识信息或预配置信息，确定所述第二上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息；或者，
    所述接入网设备根据所述资源指示信息，确定所述第一上行信道资源中的第一上行信道资源，并在所述第一上行信道资源上，接收通过所述n资源单位信道格式发送的所述反馈信息。
  60. 如权利要求48至59中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的部分时频资源和所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的部分时频资源重叠；或
    所述n资源单位信道格式对应的第一上行信道资源的时频资源为所述m资源单位信道格式对应的第二上行信道资源的时频资源的一部分；
    其中，时频资源重叠的所述n资源单位信道格式和所述m资源单位信道格式使用正交码。
  61. 如权利要求48至601中任一项所述的方法，其特征在于，所述接入网设备确定信道资源之前，还包括：所述接入网设备根据预先的配置确定第一子集和第二子集。
  62. 如权利要求61所述的方法，其特征在于，
    所述预先的配置对于不同的上行子帧是独立配置的。
PCT/CN2015/071342 2014-12-31 2015-01-22 一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法 WO2016106905A1 (zh)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP15874598.4A EP3226633B1 (en) 2014-12-31 2015-01-22 User device, access network device and feedback information sending and receiving methods
EP22183181.1A EP4132175A1 (en) 2014-12-31 2015-01-22 User equipment, access network device, and feedback information sending and receiving methods
JP2017534996A JP6629863B2 (ja) 2014-12-31 2015-01-22 ユーザ機器、アクセスネットワークデバイス、ならびにフィードバック情報送信および受信方法
CN202010107905.4A CN111447687B (zh) 2014-12-31 2015-01-22 一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法
KR1020177020319A KR102070958B1 (ko) 2014-12-31 2015-01-22 사용자 기기, 액세스 네트워크 장치, 및 피드백 정보 송신 및 수신 방법
CN201580001341.3A CN106416402B (zh) 2014-12-31 2015-01-22 一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法
US15/637,663 US10523380B2 (en) 2014-12-31 2017-06-29 User equipment, access network device, and feedback information sending and receiving methods
US16/698,614 US10951367B2 (en) 2014-12-31 2019-11-27 User equipment, access network device, and feedback information sending and receiving methods
US17/190,162 US11863471B2 (en) 2014-12-31 2021-03-02 User equipment, access network device, and feedback information sending and receiving methods

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN2014095978 2014-12-31
CNPCT/CN2014/095978 2014-12-31

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/637,663 Continuation US10523380B2 (en) 2014-12-31 2017-06-29 User equipment, access network device, and feedback information sending and receiving methods

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016106905A1 true WO2016106905A1 (zh) 2016-07-07

Family

ID=56284045

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/071342 WO2016106905A1 (zh) 2014-12-31 2015-01-22 一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (3) US10523380B2 (zh)
EP (2) EP3226633B1 (zh)
JP (2) JP6629863B2 (zh)
KR (1) KR102070958B1 (zh)
CN (3) CN106416402B (zh)
WO (1) WO2016106905A1 (zh)

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108631952A (zh) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 一种反馈信息传输方法、终端设备和接入网设备
CN111183608A (zh) * 2017-09-08 2020-05-19 韦勒斯标准与技术协会公司 无线通信系统的数据发送方法和接收方法及使用该方法的设备
US20210160909A1 (en) * 2018-04-19 2021-05-27 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Terminal, radio communication method, and base station
US11078296B2 (en) 2012-11-28 2021-08-03 Zymeworks Inc. Engineered immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs and uses thereof
JP2022043164A (ja) * 2016-11-03 2022-03-15 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 データ伝送の方法、ユーザ装置及びネットワークデバイス

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107079467B (zh) * 2014-12-18 2020-07-07 华为技术有限公司 一种获取站点设备请求的方法、接入点设备及站点设备
WO2016106905A1 (zh) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 华为技术有限公司 一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法
CN105991248B (zh) * 2015-01-30 2020-02-28 中兴通讯股份有限公司 一种实现混合自动重传请求信息发送的方法及数据接收端
CN107925445B (zh) * 2015-08-14 2020-08-07 华为技术有限公司 一种反馈信息的发送方法、用户设备和基站
US11303384B2 (en) * 2017-11-29 2022-04-12 Qualcomm Incorporated User equipment shift randomization for uplink control channel transmission
WO2019117688A1 (ko) * 2017-12-16 2019-06-20 엘지전자 주식회사 무선 통신 시스템에서 상향링크 제어 정보 전송 방법 및 상기 방법을 이용하는 장치
US10951366B2 (en) * 2018-02-16 2021-03-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink transmission collision management
US11252706B2 (en) * 2019-01-14 2022-02-15 Qualcomm Incorporated Uplink control channel codebook design in new radio unlicensed
CN117811884A (zh) * 2022-09-30 2024-04-02 华为技术有限公司 通信方法、装置及系统

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103188061A (zh) * 2011-12-31 2013-07-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 混合自动重传请求应答信息的发送方法和装置
CN103427940A (zh) * 2012-05-20 2013-12-04 上海贝尔股份有限公司 传输上行控制信息的方法和装置
CN103580827A (zh) * 2012-08-09 2014-02-12 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 传输harq-ack信息的方法和设备
WO2014038821A2 (ko) * 2012-09-06 2014-03-13 엘지전자 주식회사 반송파 집성 기법이 적용된 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말이 상향링크 ack/nack 신호를 송신하는 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
CN104144042A (zh) * 2013-05-10 2014-11-12 上海贝尔股份有限公司 用于传输确认信息的方法和装置

Family Cites Families (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101587680B1 (ko) * 2008-10-20 2016-01-21 인터디지탈 패튼 홀딩스, 인크 반송파 집적 방법
US8792427B2 (en) 2009-05-04 2014-07-29 Qualcomm Incorporated Transmission of feedback information for data transmissions on multiple carriers
CN102083211B (zh) 2010-03-29 2017-04-19 电信科学技术研究院 上行控制信道资源的确定方法和设备
US8315221B2 (en) 2010-06-18 2012-11-20 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. Reducing feedback overhead for multiple component carriers
EP2600549B1 (en) * 2010-07-26 2019-09-04 LG Electronics Inc. Method and device for transmitting control information
CN102082647B (zh) 2010-07-28 2014-02-12 电信科学技术研究院 反馈信息的信道资源指示方法及设备
AU2011292472B2 (en) * 2010-08-20 2014-11-27 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Arrangement and method for identifying PUCCH format 3 resources
EP2592776B1 (en) * 2010-09-19 2019-06-05 LG Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting control information
CN102447541A (zh) 2010-09-30 2012-05-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 上行确认字符/非确认字符的反馈方法及网络节点
CN102752085B (zh) * 2011-04-21 2014-09-17 华为技术有限公司 Tdd系统中确认或不确认指示信息发送的方法和设备
US9107191B2 (en) 2011-11-11 2015-08-11 Qualcomm Incorporated System and method for managing simultaneous uplink signal transmissions in carrier aggregation systems
US20130155914A1 (en) * 2011-12-20 2013-06-20 Ping Wang Resource allocation for pucch format 1b with channel selection in an lte-a tdd system
US9265036B2 (en) * 2012-05-11 2016-02-16 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) Selection of uplink control transmission format parameters based on content of the uplink control transmission
US8885752B2 (en) * 2012-07-27 2014-11-11 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for feedback in 3D MIMO wireless systems
ES2921359T3 (es) 2012-08-02 2022-08-24 Blackberry Ltd Asignación de recurso de canal de control de enlace ascendente para un canal de control de enlace descendente mejorado de un sistema de comunicación móvil
US9750005B2 (en) * 2013-01-06 2017-08-29 Lg Electronics Inc. Method and apparatus for transmitting control information in wireless communication system
WO2014189304A1 (ko) * 2013-05-22 2014-11-27 엘지전자 주식회사 무선통신 시스템에서 단말의 통신 방법 및 이러한 방법을 이용하는 단말
KR102364064B1 (ko) * 2014-05-09 2022-02-18 삼성전자 주식회사 장치 간 무선 통신 시스템에서 간섭 회피를 위한 장치 및 방법
JP6592448B2 (ja) 2014-10-17 2019-10-16 シャープ株式会社 端末装置、通信方法、および、集積回路
CN107005388B (zh) * 2014-12-08 2021-01-15 Lg 电子株式会社 一种发送物理上行链路控制信道的方法和用户设备
CN107113147B (zh) * 2014-12-31 2020-11-06 Lg电子株式会社 在无线通信系统中分配资源的方法和设备
WO2016106905A1 (zh) * 2014-12-31 2016-07-07 华为技术有限公司 一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103188061A (zh) * 2011-12-31 2013-07-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 混合自动重传请求应答信息的发送方法和装置
CN103427940A (zh) * 2012-05-20 2013-12-04 上海贝尔股份有限公司 传输上行控制信息的方法和装置
CN103580827A (zh) * 2012-08-09 2014-02-12 北京三星通信技术研究有限公司 传输harq-ack信息的方法和设备
WO2014038821A2 (ko) * 2012-09-06 2014-03-13 엘지전자 주식회사 반송파 집성 기법이 적용된 무선 통신 시스템에서 단말이 상향링크 ack/nack 신호를 송신하는 방법 및 이를 위한 장치
CN104144042A (zh) * 2013-05-10 2014-11-12 上海贝尔股份有限公司 用于传输确认信息的方法和装置

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3226633A4 *

Cited By (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11078296B2 (en) 2012-11-28 2021-08-03 Zymeworks Inc. Engineered immunoglobulin heavy chain-light chain pairs and uses thereof
JP2022043164A (ja) * 2016-11-03 2022-03-15 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 データ伝送の方法、ユーザ装置及びネットワークデバイス
JP7220768B2 (ja) 2016-11-03 2023-02-10 オッポ広東移動通信有限公司 データ伝送の方法、ユーザ装置及びネットワークデバイス
CN108631952A (zh) * 2017-03-24 2018-10-09 华为技术有限公司 一种反馈信息传输方法、终端设备和接入网设备
CN108631952B (zh) * 2017-03-24 2021-12-10 华为技术有限公司 一种反馈信息传输方法、终端设备和接入网设备
CN111183608A (zh) * 2017-09-08 2020-05-19 韦勒斯标准与技术协会公司 无线通信系统的数据发送方法和接收方法及使用该方法的设备
US11304181B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2022-04-12 Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. Data transmission method and reception method for wireless communication system and device using same
CN111183608B (zh) * 2017-09-08 2022-11-15 韦勒斯标准与技术协会公司 无线通信系统的数据发送方法和接收方法及使用该方法的设备
US11832255B2 (en) 2017-09-08 2023-11-28 Wilus Institute Of Standards And Technology Inc. Data transmission method and reception method for wireless communication system and device using same
US20210160909A1 (en) * 2018-04-19 2021-05-27 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Terminal, radio communication method, and base station
US11700609B2 (en) * 2018-04-19 2023-07-11 Ntt Docomo, Inc. Terminal, radio communication method, and base station

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN106416402B (zh) 2020-03-10
CN111405673A (zh) 2020-07-10
KR20170097752A (ko) 2017-08-28
JP6949094B2 (ja) 2021-10-13
EP3226633A4 (en) 2018-01-24
JP2020061745A (ja) 2020-04-16
KR102070958B1 (ko) 2020-03-02
EP4132175A1 (en) 2023-02-08
JP2018505592A (ja) 2018-02-22
US11863471B2 (en) 2024-01-02
US20200099483A1 (en) 2020-03-26
EP3226633A1 (en) 2017-10-04
US20170302412A1 (en) 2017-10-19
US20210184805A1 (en) 2021-06-17
US10523380B2 (en) 2019-12-31
CN111447687A (zh) 2020-07-24
US10951367B2 (en) 2021-03-16
CN106416402A (zh) 2017-02-15
CN111447687B (zh) 2024-04-12
JP6629863B2 (ja) 2020-01-15
EP3226633B1 (en) 2022-08-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2021212111B2 (en) Uplink transmission method and corresponding equipment
US11936594B2 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for transmitting or receiving control channel and data channel in wireless communication system
US10673573B2 (en) Uplink transmission method and corresponding equipment
CN111052653B (zh) 在无线通信系统中发送或接收数据信道和控制信道的方法、装置和系统
CN113424474B (zh) 在无线通信系统中发送上行链路控制信道的装置和方法
WO2016106905A1 (zh) 一种用户设备、接入网设备和反馈信息发送和接收方法
EP3101975A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
EP3101976A1 (en) Terminal device, base station device, and communication method
US8948112B2 (en) Mobile communication system, base station apparatus, mobile station apparatus, mobile communication method, and integrated circuit
WO2019052455A1 (zh) 数据信道参数配置方法及装置
KR20180034539A (ko) 업링크 제어 정보 송신 방법과 수신 방법, 및 관련 장치
CN116743322A (zh) 无线通信系统中的下行数据接收和harq-ack传输的方法、装置和系统
US11229025B2 (en) Uplink allocation on unlicensed spectrum
US20220149996A1 (en) Method and apparatus for scheduling and hybrid automatic repeat request feedback in communication system
US20240137189A1 (en) Method, apparatus, and system for transmitting or receiving control channel and data channel in wireless communication system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15874598

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2017534996

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2015874598

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20177020319

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A